1730 to 1739 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1730 to 1739.

1730
''' In Rome, Pope Telesphorus V dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Tuscanian Lorenzo Corsini is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Callixtus IV. '''
 * Suri Empire: After taking a long hiatus from worldy affairs, the new Sultan, Fadeel Khan Lari, announces that his father passed in 1719 from pneumonia. The Sultan also introduces his new wife to the world, Queen Jaali. The Empire continues friendly relations with the Damascan Sultanate and Urdustan. We expand our infrastructure. Islam still holds a strong grasp over the Empire. The people prosper.
 * Marwar (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Delhi (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Multan (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Ladakh (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Rome and Damascan Sultanate'.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure. More resources are diverted to aid the House of Hamburg in Britannia.
 * Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Economy expanded.
 * New Lüneburg: Economy expanded.
 * New Hamburg: Economy expanded.
 * New Brunswick: Economy expanded.
 * New Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * Aceh: Economy expanded.
 * Free City of Nellore: Economy expanded.
 * Ostland: Economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. After several years of ruling, King Charles XVI dies, and with it his oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I. Seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. One of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the king shows renewed interest in East Asia. Seeing that not much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia. Taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded and whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target - the result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put on hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the Britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign is also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area. The country secretly prepares itself for the apparent invasion attempt to come by bringing a good portion of the mainland army back from Cahokie to the capital and redistributing it to the empire. For the time being none is spent on Britannia, until the German house decides to ask for aid.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northward. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Calais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: The newly crowned King Austenaco continues his military ambitions by rapidly building up his armies by declaring a new royal army for the United Kingdom. The royal army is loyal only to the King, and he forces many of the Cherokee, Koasati, Creek and Shawana Chiefs/Lords to provide men to the royal army. Thus most of the feudal Chiefdom armies are severely weakened and military power is centralised in the hands of the King. Military build-up continues as troops are forced to leave their feudal lands and go to the capital as King Austenaco conscripts huge numbers of men into the royal army. The hot-blooded King orders the women of his Kingdom to mother more children so that they can toil in the fields and later join the army.


 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantania Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km. The Bajandom's government offers to sell Carantania Island to the Dutch, since it has proven to be more of a burden than a blessing. 
 * Tartary: The army grows at a managable rate, and are then stationed in the empires southern vassals. In the black sea work on expanding the nations navy continues. Cities grow with the aim of looking and being more western. minorities are integrated to form a national identity and to prevent cultural strife. In the east missionary work and fur trapping as well as moving more families to expand its population begins.
 * Great Perm: Military expands, cultural integration continues. Natural resources are taken and sold, increasing the wealth of the vassal
 * Northern Azerbaijan: Military expands, cultural integration continues, other ethnicities fill into the area, and an azeri identity becomes less common.
 * Bukhara: Christianization in the vassal begins. Military expands. A new government office is built.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The Riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The situation in Britain is analyzed before Scandinavia holds the Riksdag of 1730, a meeting of the Scandinavian congresses to settle national issues. One of the issues is the British Civil War. The Swedish Congress believes that intervention in the war is necessary while the Danish Congress believes that Scandinavia should limit their involvement. Norway, the deciding factor, is split halfway. The Riksdag will continue into next year.
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain continues to expand its trade and economic influence through Shandong and Henan. Spanish troops continually expand on the French border with troop numbers being made deliberately vague to prevent the French from deducing the military forces strength. The Spanish armies of North Africa and Italy are also both deployed.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships military speaking. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships military wise
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. The Spanish North Africa Army is deployed throughout Algiers on the border with French Africa. However, Moroccan troops are deployed less toward this front and more toward the European front in Spain sending 15,000 troops to Spain.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000. The Garrison of Algiers is put under command of the Spanish North African corps and is expanded to 5000 becoming the core unit of the Algerian Corps.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongolese population reaches nearly three million. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out with the production model beginnign to state precedence. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 3000. The Kongolese military forces are called upon to be prepared to move on the French colony in Southwest Africa with nearly 10,000 local troops raised.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization. The Venetian army is also mobilized in case of War.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines. New Spain begins to be mobilized in the case of war breaking out between France and Spain.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.


 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 10,000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 15,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 5000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is expanded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 175 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 5500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The colony in General begins to gain a solid population and influence over large swaths of coast as the Spanish navy maps out territory and delivers it back to ships who set up outposts and other areas to exploit trade with natives and other resources. In general thought the importation of Convicts from the mother country begins to show a clear increase in the amount of available homesteads and claims coastal territory. This does, however, make a market for women to be paid to come to the colonies here as well.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1730, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 36, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria concludes  the incorporation of Franken-Sachsen (Turn Six of Six). In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative. In 1726, she makes a decision to not marry Franz-Heinrich, but she does send letter to Duchess Mary hinting at possibly making a claim on the throne. In other news, both Bavarian and Austrian parliamentarians grow antsy as the fear of a politically inept king on the throne. In 1728, Klaudia publicly claims the Bavarian throne and stylizes herself as Queen Frances I (Franzina I). Duchess Mary of Pomerania issues an edict of support for Frances and allows her to stay in Stettin. In the summer, with the aid of councillors, King Albert V raises troops in fear of a possible civil war. By year end, most Austrian parliamentarians support Queen Frances simply because she is not her brother, who himself is now mostly seen as an inept, dumbfounded petty king. This support pays off in 1729 when Frances I publicly supports Austrian parliamentarians and pays patronage to both Austrian and Bavarian parliamentarians who support a larger, Pskovian-styled parliament. After seeing this development, Albert V declares war on Pomerania and sends 5000 troops to capture Stettin. In 1730, many battles occur in Pomerania, marking the beginning of the civil war. Queen Frances continues to send funds to Austrian parliamentarians. This then leads to the Curia Austria breaking their loyalty to Albert V and declaring Frances as Queen of Austria in November. Several Austrian militias then enter Bavaria and begin assaults on many southern Bavarian towns, including Passau, Salzburg, and Linz. As this occurs, Bavarian forces under the command of Prince Friedrich-Rudolph begin the siege on Stettin.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians, and in return for her help, the Austrians abandon Albert V and proclaim Frances the true Queen.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 66, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 62, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 65, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania. In other news, Duchess Mary receives letter from Princess Klaudia hinting at a claim of the throne. In 1728, Mary alligns herself with Klaudia-Franzina and allows her refuge in Stettin. Battles are fought in Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.


 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria: The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to develop national infrastructure.
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrender all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies where Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to military expansion.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to military expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.

1731
''' Clear mobilizations of war between France and Spain begin to show a greater tension in Europe with people wondering the outcome of such a war. Due to relative peace in Europe following the taking of Austria many nations abroad wonder if Spain has gone soft due to their perceived inaction in really spooling up the War. '''

''' The Tartary begins to see larger immigration east as its population of about 17 million shows major growth from years of agricultural expansion and western development. The Immigration easy is means to settle various coastal territories in the Tartar controlled Far East. '''

 Hamburg enters an economic golden age as its expanding naval and trade influence begins to legitimately rival Europe's traditional great powers showing once again more political push from Germany versus the traditional western powers 

 The various nations with colonies in the Imperial Sea begin to see dramatic issues with piracy as the piracy issue continues to cause impressive amounts of issues for the various powers 


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg improves its military. With Hamburg entering an economic golden age, Duke Friedrich IV decides to divert some of the income into furthering improving the standard of living in his realms, both in Europe and Hamburg's overseas possessions. But he also takes notice to increasingly militaristic rhetoric from the Cherokee, who border New Hamburg, often referred to as "The Jewel in Hamburg's Crown". With substantial naval increases, Hamburg is also now able to station a guard fleet of ten ships in Mariastadt, the capital of New Mecklenburg.
 * Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * Stade: Military expanded.
 * Münster: Military expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Military expanded.
 * New Lüneburg: Military expanded.
 * New Hamburg: Military expanded.
 * New Brunswick: Military expanded.
 * New Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * Aceh: Military expanded.
 * Free City of Nellore: Military expanded.
 * Ostland: Military expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1731, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 37, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative. In 1726, she makes a decision to not marry Franz-Heinrich, but she does send letter to Duchess Mary hinting at possibly making a claim on the throne. In other news, both Bavarian and Austrian parliamentarians grow antsy as the fear of a politically inept king on the throne. In 1728, Klaudia publicly claims the Bavarian throne and stylizes herself as Queen Frances I (Franzina I). Duchess Mary of Pomerania issues an edict of support for Frances and allows her to stay in Stettin. In the summer, with the aid of councillors, King Albert V raises troops in fear of a possible civil war. By year end, most Austrian parliamentarians support Queen Frances simply because she is not her brother, who himself is now mostly seen as an inept, dumbfounded petty king. This support pays off in 1729 when Frances I publicly supports Austrian parliamentarians and pays patronage to both Austrian and Bavarian parliamentarians who support a larger, Pskovian-styled parliament. After seeing this development, Albert V declares war on Pomerania and sends 5000 troops to capture Stettin. In 1730, many battles occur in Pomerania, marking the beginning of the civil war. Queen Frances continues to send funds to Austrian parliamentarians. This then leads to the Curia Austria breaking their loyalty to Albert V and declaring Frances as Queen of Austria in November. Several Austrian militias then enter Bavaria and begin assaults on many southern Bavarian towns, including Passau, Salzburg and Linz. As this occurs, Bavarian forces under the command of Prince Friedrich-Rudolph begin the siege on Stettin. Unfortunately for Albert, the siege is repelled in March of 1731, with 2700 Bavarian troops dying and Friedrich-Rudolph returning home gravely injured. Austrian forces, under Ferdinand von Ingschaft, son of Joachim von Ingschaft, pushes farther into Bavaria after taking control of Passau. In Vienna, Frances travels to the center of the old Habsburg archdukes in order to be crowned as Queen of Austria. While there, she decides to marry Franz-Heinrich of Pomerania, something she initially decided against.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians, and in return for her help, the Austrians abandon Albert V and proclaim Frances the true Queen.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 66, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 63, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 66, dies in Stettin of old age. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania. In other news, Duchess Mary receives letter from Princess Klaudia hinting at a claim of the throne. In 1728, Mary alligns herself with Klaudia-Franzina and allows her refuge in Stettin. Battles are fought in Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The Riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The Riksdag of 1730 concludes in January of this year. Scandinavia adopts policies on the growing tensions in Europe and rising powers in Europe. They decide that this turmoil will lead to trade that would have gone into British hands could very well be diverted into the Baltic if Scandinavia can play its cards right. In colonial news, Scandinavia launches a military campaign against the Erie tribes. Known as the Lesser Lake Skirmishes, these military campaigns are geared to attack the Erie tribe in response for their aggressive nature against Strombek and Vinland. Siege equipment is brought to the area as artillery begins to shell the Ohio River Valley.
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expand. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expand. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The idea of creating the general assembly, and the ideas of integration are at the core of this year's Grand Summit, with much push back coming from Eesti, Latvia, and Lithuania, because they are the least populous states, and do not want measures disadvantagous to them to be passed, or for people in Pskov of Prussia to have a say in the decisions affecting only that region. This sentiment of wanting independence in affairs only concerning them is echoed by every nation (mostly because no nation has a majority of the population). However, the desire for integration still remains high in the parliaments due to Russian immigrants that Pskov is able to ... let's just say acquire from Russia. After the conclusion, the Heads of Government and the heads of state plea together to the New Veche of Pskov to be the first to ratify the ___, the formal agreement that would institute the Grand Senate as a legislative branch that would be a unified parliament for all members of the union and to pass laws on issues affecting the union as a whole. It also contains a promise of each signing nation to strive toward "Greater Integration" in the near future, and the "clarification of the division of powers". The Grand Senate would be a bicameral legislature, with the first house being the General Assembly, a 500-member house that is chosen by elections throughout the union, and the second house, the Council of Nations, a 120-member house where the representatives are appointed by the various republics in order to represent their interests and be "above" the election politics seen in many cities where people are more than likely to join factions (proto-political parties), each republic would get 20 representatives (All house names are their English equivalents, and will have equivalent and official names in Russian, German, Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian). After much debate, a slim majority of 53 aye votes to ratify against 47 nays. All the viceregal representatives of the Supreme Prince sign it as it has become tradition for them as well to meet at the Grand Summit. The concordat is then taken to the other republics to ratify, and then will be given to the Supreme Prince in Croatia for him to sign this place into law. The new Veche also approves of a motion to temporarily use the Electoral council building for the Grand Senate until a separate building may be constructed for it outside the Krom, or for it to be decided that it will permanently use the Electoral Council building. More-or-less the agreed to General Assembly seats are set as two electors = one seat. The First Elections for the General Assembly are held this year in tandem with National Elections in Pskov, and the States as well, send representatives. The first ever bill passed is often referred to as the "slavery act" and prohibits the doing of business with any "slavers". They also endow the PIC with more powers to help control piracy.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * Tartary: The military grows with  a diverse population of many ethnicites from the empire, driven by the ever growing national identity of the people. They are trained in the Urals. With exporting goods from the far east and siberia the economy grows. Trade fleets built in the Black Sea sail Europe. Ports in the Far East are built to resemble cities in the western part of the empire. These ports find goods from the chinese states and things from the west flowing in, turning a high profit.
 * Great Perm: Supplies more men to the army, economy grows. Ethnic integration continues.
 * Noth Azerbaijan: Ethnic integration leaves people wanting to unite with south Azerbaijan few and far between. The overall economy expands, and more men join the army. Cities begin to look more industrialized.
 * Bukhara: Islam becomes less popular in Bukhara with the increasing westernization of the vassal. Its economy grows from trade with its southern neighbors. The military grows.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain continues to expand its trade and economic influence through Shandong and Henan. Spanish troops continually expand on the French border with troop numbers being made deliberately vague to prevent the French from deducing the military forces strength. The Spanish armies of North Africa and Italy are also both deployed.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships military speaking. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships military wise
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. The Spanish North Africa Army is deployed throughout Algiers on the border with French Africa. However, Moroccan troops are deployed less toward this front and more toward the European front in Spain sending 15,000 troops to Spain.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000. The Garrison of Algiers is put under command of the Spanish North African corps and is expanded to 5000 becoming the core unit of the Algerian Corps.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongolese population reaches nearly three million. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out with the production model beginnign to state precedence. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 3000. The Kongolese military forces are called upon to be prepared to move on the French colony in Southwest Africa with nearly 10,000 local troops raised.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization. The Venetian army is also mobilized in case of War.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines. New Spain begins to be mobilized in the case of war breaking out between France and Spain.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 10,000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 15,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 5000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is expanded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 175 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 5500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The colony in General begins to gain a solid population and influence over large swaths of coast as the Spanish navy maps out territory and delivers it back to ships who set up outposts and other areas to exploit trade with natives and other resources. In general thought the importation of Convicts from the mother country begins to show a clear increase in the amount of available homesteads and claims coastal territory. This does, however, make a market for women to be paid to come to the colonies here as well.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover, with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantania Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km. The Bajandom's government offers to sell Carantania Island to the Dutch, since it has proven to be more of a burden than a blessing. 
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: King Austenaco continues his military ambitions by rapidly building up his new royal army. Men from the Cherokee, Koasati, Creek and Shawana Chiefs/Lords arrive in the capital to join the royal army. Thus most of the feudal Chiefdom armies are further weakened and military power is centralised in the hands of the King. Military build-up continues as King Austenaco begins planning his future war.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. After several years of ruling, King Charles XVI dies, and with it his oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I. Seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. One of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the king shows renewed interest in East Asia. Seeing that not much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia. Taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded and whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target - the result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put on hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the Britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign is also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area. The country secretly prepares itself for the apparent invasion attempt to come by bringing a good portion of the mainland army back from Cahokie to the capital and redistributing it to the empire. For the time being none is spent on Britannia, until the German house decides to ask for aid.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northward. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Calais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * The Nehilaw Sachemate modernizes aggressively and quickly. As the merchant marine continues to expand and its operations in Western Europe grow following the first successful Nehilaw crossing of the Atlantic, incentive to expand the navy grows. Accordingly, two new sloops, based on designs seen in Dutch ports, go under construction. They are armed with twenty guns each. Meanwhile, the economy begins to be monetarized, as the High Sachem wishes to place the nation on an equal footing to European nations economically. As a result, a new currency, the chuvash, is set up, with a mint constructed in Chisasibi to produce the coins, made from copper mined at government-held mines. With musk oxen domesticated, farmers look to domesticate several types of seabirds, including the great auk, northern gannet, Canada goose, and the wood bison. The military and economy expand in all vassals and PU's. Agricultural advances from Europe, such as crop rotation, become more common in coastal areas. Agricultural productivity begins to expand. The Nehilaw fervently hope international tensions will die down, but the military is placed into a greater state of readiness nonetheless. The government is mostly unconcerned, however, due to the nation's isolation.
 * Tartary: The nation experiences a brief increase in Siberian expansion this year, led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, as well as a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion along the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hands, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year; however, massive development occurs there. The military also begins to be modernised.
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies where Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to military expansion.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to military expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.

1732
'''With Scandinavia’s decision to profit from the British Civil War rather than intervene in it, trade begins to flow into the Baltic. Stock manipulation, negotiations, and a little help from privateers ensure that the Baltic is drowning in currency, from krones to thalirs. Scandinavia, Pskov, Hamburg, and Germany all see massive effects on their economies. All nations will enjoy a +5 economy score for the next ten years. If war breaks out between any Baltic powers, all Baltic powers will lose this bonus.'''

'''War Rhetoric begins to take over in Spain and France as two powers show more and more hostile intent toward each other and with the Generals beginning to openly plan invasions of their opponents territory. This is readily apparent on the border of Spanish North Africa and French North Africa.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. As a result of Scandinavia's decision to divert trade to the Baltic, Hamburg's own economy grows. In other news, the New Hamburg colony is renamed, while the city of New Hamburg remains the same, Duke Friedrich renames the colony after his favorite niece, Karoline von Hamburg, Princess of Hanover: Karolina.


 * Suri Empire: After taking a long hiatus from worldy affairs, the new Sultan, Fadeel Khan Lari, announces that his father passed in 1719 from pneumonia. The Sultan also introduces his new wife to the world, Queen Jaali. The Empire continues friendly relations with the Damascan Sultanate and Urdustan. We expand our infrastructure. Islam still holds a strong grasp over the Empire. The people prosper.
 * Marwar (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Delhi (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Multan (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Ladakh (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Rome and Damascan Sultanate'.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The Riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The economic benefits seen by diverting trade affects the Scandinavian aristocracy and merchant guilds especially. While prosperity is on a rise in Scandinavia, social and economic inequality begins to rise immensely as well. In the meantime, the war against the Erie tribes continues.
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expand. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expand. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1732, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 38, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative. In 1726, she makes a decision to not marry Franz-Heinrich, but she does send letter to Duchess Mary hinting at possibly making a claim on the throne. In other news, both Bavarian and Austrian parliamentarians grow antsy as the fear of a politically inept king on the throne. In 1728, Klaudia publicly claims the Bavarian throne and stylizes herself as Queen Frances I (Franzina I). Duchess Mary of Pomerania issues an edict of support for Frances and allows her to stay in Stettin. In the summer, with the aid of councillors, King Albert V raises troops in fear of a possible civil war. By year end, most Austrian parliamentarians support Queen Frances simply because she is not her brother, who himself is now mostly seen as an inept, dumbfounded petty king. This support pays off in 1729 when Frances I publicly supports Austrian parliamentarians and pays patronage to both Austrian and Bavarian parliamentarians who support a larger, Pskovian-styled parliament. After seeing this development, Albert V declares war on Pomerania and sends 5000 troops to capture Stettin. In 1730, many battles occur in Pomerania, marking the beginning of the civil war. Queen Frances continues to send funds to Austrian parliamentarians. This then leads to the Curia Austria breaking their loyalty to Albert V and declaring Frances as Queen of Austria in November. Several Austrian militias then enter Bavaria and begin assaults on many southern Bavarian towns, including Passau, Salzburg and Linz. As this occurs, Bavarian forces under the command of Prince Friedrich-Rudolph begin the siege on Stettin. Unfortunately for Albert, the siege is repelled in March of 1731, with 2700 Bavarian troops dying and Friedrich-Rudolph returning home gravely injured. Austrian forces, under Ferdinand von Ingschaft, son of Joachim von Ingschaft, pushes farther into Bavaria after taking control of Passau. In Vienna, Frances travels to the center of the old Habsburg archdukes in order to be crowned as Queen of Austria. While there, she decides to marry Franz-Heinrich of Pomerania, something she initially decided against. The war begins winding down by 1732, with much of southern Bavaria in Austrian hands and the invasion of Pomerania being repelled. Frances consummates her marriage with Franz-Heinrich of Pomerania and gives birth to a son, whom she names Franz-Hector. Many advisors push for Albert V to abdicate to his sister's.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians, and in return for her help, the Austrians abandon Albert V and proclaim Frances the true Queen.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 67, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 64, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 66, dies in Stettin of old age. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania. In other news, Duchess Mary receives letter from Princess Klaudia hinting at a claim of the throne. In 1728, Mary alligns herself with Klaudia-Franzina and allows her refuge in Stettin. Battles are fought in Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa. In 1732, the investors of the RBSC put forth a combined total of 500,000 reichstalers in the construction of ships, training of private troops, and a military expedition into Negara Dipa next year. Conflict is expected to occur next year upon the conclusion of Civil War.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. After several years of ruling, King Charles XVI dies, and with it his oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I. Seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. One of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the king shows renewed interest in East Asia. Seeing that not much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia. Taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded and whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target - the result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put on hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the Britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign is also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area. The country secretly prepares itself for the apparent invasion attempt to come by bringing a good portion of the mainland army back from Cahokie to the capital and redistributing it to the empire. For the time being none is spent on Britannia, until the German house decides to ask for aid.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northward. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Calais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * County of Oldenburg: After many years in isolation, the Regency Council of Oldenburg decides to open up the country once more. Long-term ally Hamburg is offered a renewal of our alliance and favourable trade terms, in return for assistance in bringing the Oldenburg military back up to scratch. Internally, there is much confuusion over who is the rightful Count. Seeing as Oldenburg has, since 1567, been in personal union with Britannia (but governed by the Regency Council), the Britannian War of Succession and the different claimants to the Britannian (and thus Oldenburger) thrones make Oldenburg's position slightly uncomfortable. Notwithstanding the tricky constitutional situation, life goes on in Oldenburg. An ambassador is sent to the large light-blue nation on the Baltic (Pskov? Prussia?) to discuss properly delineating the border of Neu Juist (Newfoundland). Neu Norderney expands as far as possible north along the coast.
 * The Nehilaw Sachemate modernizes aggressively and quickly. As the merchant marine continues to expand and its operations in Western Europe grow following the first successful Nehilaw crossing of the Atlantic, incentive to expand the navy grows. Accordingly, two new sloops, based on designs seen in Dutch ports, go under construction. They are armed with twenty guns each. Meanwhile, the economy begins to be monetarized, as the High Sachem wishes to place the nation on an equal footing to European nations economically. As a result, a new currency, the chuvash, is set up, with a mint constructed in Chisasibi to produce the coins, made from copper mined at government-held mines. With musk oxen domesticated, farmers look to domesticate several types of seabirds, including the great auk, northern gannet, Canada goose, and the wood bison. The military and economy expand in all vassals and PU's. Agricultural advances from Europe, such as crop rotation, become more common in coastal areas. Agricultural productivity begins to expand. The Nehilaw fervently hopes international tensions will die down, but the military is placed in a greater state of readiness nonetheless. The government is mostly unconcerned, however, due to the nation's isolation.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantania Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km. The Bajandom's government offers to sell Carantania Island to the Dutch, since it has proven to be more of a burden than a blessing. 
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. As the councils plans for new roads continues, the Emperor discovers that they are actually using the labor to build themselves lavish villas, and reveals this to the populace, causing great outrage among several prominent merchants and nobles.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * Posting for Eip -Sky
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain continues to expand its trade and economic influence through Shandong and Henan. Spanish troops continually expand on the French border with troop numbers being made deliberately vague to prevent the French from deducing the military forces strength. The Spanish armies of North Africa and Italy are also both deployed.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships military speaking. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships military wise
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. The Spanish North Africa Army is deployed throughout Algiers on the border with French Africa. However, Moroccan troops are deployed less toward this front and more toward the European front in Spain sending 15,000 troops to Spain.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000. The Garrison of Algiers is put under command of the Spanish North African corps and is expanded to 5000 becoming the core unit of the Algerian Corps.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongolese population reaches nearly three million. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out with the production model beginnign to state precedence. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 3000. The Kongolese military forces are called upon to be prepared to move on the French colony in Southwest Africa with nearly 10,000 local troops raised.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization. The Venetian army is also mobilized in case of War.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines. New Spain begins to be mobilized in the case of war breaking out between France and Spain.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 10,000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 15,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 5000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. Nueva Aragon also ceases expansion wishing to consolidate control over the vast territory it has explored and attempted to subjugate.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is expanded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony has a population of 5500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The colony in General begins to gain a solid population and influence over large swaths of coast as the Spanish navy maps out territory and delivers it back to ships who set up outposts and other areas to exploit trade with natives and other resources. In general thought the importation of Convicts from the mother country begins to show a clear increase in the amount of available homesteads and claims coastal territory. This does, however, make a market for women to be paid to come to the colonies here as well. Due to lack of funding from the Sorento company the Colonial expansion ceases.
 * Swiss Confederacy: With the threat of war hanging over Europe, we maintain neutrality, and offer trade to both France and Spain. We build up our military, and most of the male population is ready to fight for this confederacy's freedom. 
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria: The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: King Austenaco continues his military ambitions by rapidly building up his new royal army. King Austenaco continues planning his future war. It begins this year as the King marches his royal army north and begins to expand into the northeasterly civil disarray territory. The campaign against the lawless region allows the United Kingdom to expand 10,000 skm
 * Tartary: The nation experiences a brief increase in Siberian expansion this year, led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, as well as a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion along the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hands, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year; however, massive development occurs there. The military also begins to be modernised.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies where Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to military expansion.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to military expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.

1733
'''Spanish colonial efforts in Australia cease due to lack of funding on part of the Sorento company, and the want to consolidate power over the coastal territory on part of the Viceroyalty of Nueva Aragon. It's estimated the total population is relatively small considering the territory claimed, explored and somewhat controlled.'''

'''Spanish and French Warships engage in unsanctioned conflict in the imperial sea with Spanish and French ships meeting off the coast of Havana in sight of the city. nearly 30 ships (15 on each side) of varying classes engage in battle resulting in a hard but inconclusive battle forcing both fleets back to port.'''

A large issue becomes apparent within the Viceroyalty of the Rio Grande as Apache and other hostile natives show increasing hostility toward all parties forcing the colonial state to turn inward to handle the rampant native problem.

Britannian Borealian colonies begin to stabilize as a system developed independently of Britannia to handle the refugee and unemployment problems is worked out creating effective and relatively prosperous townships.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. (More may come later)
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrender all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies where Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to economic expansion.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to economic expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Suri Empire: After taking a long hiatus from worldy affairs, the new Sultan, Fadeel Khan Lari, announces that his father passed in 1719 from pneumonia. The Sultan also introduces his new wife to the world, Queen Jaali. Sultan Fadeel Khan Lari offers his 14 year old daughter, 'Izzah, to the new sultan of the Demascan Sultanate. Festivals are prepared to celebrate the continuation of the union between these two nations. The Empire continues friendly relations with the Damascan Sultanate and Urdustan. We start building back up our military after much of the army was disbanded during the Great Peace. The Sultan, in his infinte wisdom, implements a new style of military. This new army will be trained in the ways of war, but after training, will return to their civilian lives. In times where the nation is in danger, this force will rally and defend its nation. Islam still holds a strong grasp over the Empire. The people prosper.
 * Marwar (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Delhi (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Multan (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Ladakh (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Rome and Damascan Sultanate'.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * Damascan Sultanate: The Damascan Sultanate's Sultan is assassinated. Sultan Sulimen VIII takes power. He marries a princess from the Suri Empire. He requests a Non-Agression Pact with the Roman Empire for 25 years. We re-inforce our relations with all members in the UIN especially the Urdustani Empire. We increase our military and unify our Georgian holdings as they have become more islamic over the past years. We propose an alliance with France, Croatia, and Ethiopia.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1733, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 39, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative. In 1726, she makes a decision to not marry Franz-Heinrich, but she does send letter to Duchess Mary hinting at possibly making a claim on the throne. In other news, both Bavarian and Austrian parliamentarians grow antsy as the fear of a politically inept king on the throne. In 1728, Klaudia publicly claims the Bavarian throne and stylizes herself as Queen Frances I (Franzina I). Duchess Mary of Pomerania issues an edict of support for Frances and allows her to stay in Stettin. In the summer, with the aid of councillors, King Albert V raises troops in fear of a possible civil war. By year end, most Austrian parliamentarians support Queen Frances simply because she is not her brother, who himself is now mostly seen as an inept, dumbfounded petty king. This support pays off in 1729 when Frances I publicly supports Austrian parliamentarians and pays patronage to both Austrian and Bavarian parliamentarians who support a larger, Pskovian-styled parliament. After seeing this development, Albert V declares war on Pomerania and sends 5000 troops to capture Stettin. In 1730, many battles occur in Pomerania, marking the beginning of the civil war. Queen Frances continues to send funds to Austrian parliamentarians. This then leads to the Curia Austria breaking their loyalty to Albert V and declaring Frances as Queen of Austria in November. Several Austrian militias then enter Bavaria and begin assaults on many southern Bavarian towns, including Passau, Salzburg and Linz. As this occurs, Bavarian forces under the command of Prince Friedrich-Rudolph begin the siege on Stettin. Unfortunately for Albert, the siege is repelled in March of 1731, with 2700 Bavarian troops dying and Friedrich-Rudolph returning home gravely injured. Austrian forces, under Ferdinand von Ingschaft, son of Joachim von Ingschaft, pushes farther into Bavaria after taking control of Passau. In Vienna, Frances travels to the center of the old Habsburg archdukes in order to be crowned as Queen of Austria. While there, she decides to marry Franz-Heinrich of Pomerania, something she initially decided against. The war begins winding down by 1732, with much of southern Bavaria in Austrian hands and the invasion of Pomerania being repelled. Frances consummates her marriage with Franz-Heinrich of Pomerania and gives birth to a son, whom she names Franz-Hector. Many advisors push for Albert V to abdicate to his sister. Facing a decisive loss and unsupportive parliament, Albert V declares his abdication on April 14, 1733 to his sister. He sends letter to her in Vienna, where she celebrates his abdication among Austrian parliamentarians. She travels to Landshut after a ceasefire is issued and is legitimately crowned as Queen Frances I of Bavaria. Thusly, Franz-Heinrich is crowned as King. Grateful for Albert's surrender, the new Queen grants him the title of the "Queen's Companion" and the ancient, ceremonial title of "Duke of Bavaria". She allows him to stay in Trausnitz and maintain his household. In other news, Frances and Albert sign a treaty officially dethroning Albert. In industrial news, the effects of industrialization and urbanization begin to be felt in Swabia and Würzburg, where Stuttgart becomes the center of manufacturing and modern production. In parliamentary news, Frances promises the creation of a large Bavaro-Austrian parliament in return for Austrian help in expeditions to Negara Dipa. A commission of Austrians in Landshut agree to the deal.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians, and in return for her help, the Austrians abandon Albert V and proclaim Frances the true Queen.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 68, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683). Margrave Albert II dies in 1733, and is son takes the throne as Albert III. Brandenburg will become a duchy next year.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 65, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 66, dies in Stettin of old age. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania. In other news, Duchess Mary receives letter from Princess Klaudia hinting at a claim of the throne. In 1728, Mary alligns herself with Klaudia-Franzina and allows her refuge in Stettin. Battles are fought in Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa. In 1732, the investors of the RBSC put forth a combined total of 500,000 reichstalers in the construction of ships, training of private troops, and a military expedition into Negara Dipa next year. Conflict is expected to occur next year upon the conclusion of Civil War.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. After several years of ruling, King Charles XVI dies, and with it his oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I. Seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. One of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the king shows renewed interest in East Asia. Seeing that not much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia. Taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded and whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target - the result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put on hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the Britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign is also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area. The country secretly prepares itself for the apparent invasion attempt to come by bringing a good portion of the mainland army back from Cahokie to the capital and redistributing it to the empire. For the time being none is spent on Britannia, until the German house decides to ask for aid.In an act of sheer respect to switzerland we agree on the trading and allow them use Lower Burgundian ports for them to trade within the mediterranean and Artois in the northern sea and Atlantic.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northward. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Calais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * County of Oldenburg: In order to resolve the great confusion as to who the rightful Count is, the Regency Council establishes a committee: The Committee for the Determining of the Rightful Count (CDRC), made up of esteemed genealogists, heralds, historians, and diplomats. The CDRC sends delegations to Hamburg, Hispania, France, and Bavaria, all asking who the rightful Emperor of Britannia (and thus Count of Oldenburg) is. Our excellent friend, ally, and neighbour Hamburg is also again asked to assist us in improving and modernising our military. In administrative matters, the Regency Council passes a Statute clarifying the makeup of said Regency Council. Henceforth, the RC shall be made up of five members: the Prince-Bishopo of Osnabruck, one representative of the Burgers, one representative of the land-owning countryfolk, and two members of the nobility. The latter four members are to be elected in some way by their constituents (i.e. by the Burgers, the land-owning countryfolk, and by the nobility), with a ten-year mandate. The Prince-Bishop, of course, holds his seat in the RC for life. In other news, emigration to Neu Norderney and Neu Juiust remains stable, and Neu Norderney expands as far as possible up the coast.
 * A plague strikes the Nehilaw Sachemate this year. The disease, which resembles particularly powerful flu, seemingly transmitted by a merchant ship from Europe, strikes with devastating force. Although few die, the disease incapacitates thousands, and many believe it to be a punishment by the gods. Many flee the cities into the bush, where they starve. The government is thrown into chaos. As news of this reaches Europe, it comes to the attention of Alfonse Elric, a German pirate. Realizing that Europeans are most likely immune, he hires several hundred mercenaries and lands in the capital, Chisasibi, before seizing the House of Sachems and massacring the whole council. He then proclaims himself King of the Nehilaw before enthusiastically plundering the entire city. Meanwhile, in the south, the Odawa rise up, invading the Chippawa, and begin massacring Crees and Chippewas. To add to the chaos, a cavalryman who escaped the capital declares the troubles to be divine punishment for failing to obey the commands of the Christian God. He preaches that unless the Nehilaw unite and kill God, they will themselves be destroyed. His followers, referred to as the Ahiak, seize control of the city of Chemiwanit. The military either joins him or scatters.


 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantania Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km. The Bajandom's government offers to sell Carantania Island to the Dutch, since it has proven to be more of a burden than a blessing. 
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. As the councils plans for new roads continues, the Emperor discovers that they are actually using the labor to build themselves lavish villas, and reveals this to the populace, causing great outrage among several prominent merchants and nobles.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * Posting for Eip -Sky
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The Riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The economic benefits seen by diverting trade affects the Scandinavian aristocracy and merchant guilds especially. While prosperity is on a rise in Scandinavia, social and economic inequality begins to rise immensely as well. In the meantime, the war against the Erie tribes ends. The area is integrated into a new colony known as Ohijo (Ohi-yo means great river in Iroquois).
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expand. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expand. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain continues to expand its trade and economic influence through Shandong and Henan. Spanish troops continually expand on the French border with troop numbers being made deliberately vague to prevent the French from deducing the military forces strength. The Spanish armies of North Africa and Italy are also both deployed.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships military speaking. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships military wise
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. The Spanish North Africa Army is deployed throughout Algiers on the border with French Africa. However, Moroccan troops are deployed less toward this front and more toward the European front in Spain sending 15,000 troops to Spain.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000. The Garrison of Algiers is put under command of the Spanish North African corps and is expanded to 5000 becoming the core unit of the Algerian Corps.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongolese population reaches nearly three million. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out with the production model beginnign to state precedence. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 3000. The Kongolese military forces are called upon to be prepared to move on the French colony in Southwest Africa with nearly 10,000 local troops raised.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization. The Venetian army is also mobilized in case of War.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines. New Spain begins to be mobilized in the case of war breaking out between France and Spain.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 10,000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 15,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 5000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. Nueva Aragon also ceases expansion wishing to consolidate control over the vast territory it has explored and attempted to subjugate.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is expanded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony has a population of 5500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The colony in General begins to gain a solid population and influence over large swaths of coast as the Spanish navy maps out territory and delivers it back to ships who set up outposts and other areas to exploit trade with natives and other resources. In general thought the importation of Convicts from the mother country begins to show a clear increase in the amount of available homesteads and claims coastal territory. This does, however, make a market for women to be paid to come to the colonies here as well. Due to lack of funding from the Sorento company the Colonial expansion ceases.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: King Austenaco continues his military ambitions by continuing the war. More re-inforcements come to the northeast to support the royal army. The King wins many victories and is able to expand into the northeasterly civil disarray territory. The campaign against the lawless region allows the United Kingdom to expand 10,000 skm.

1734
'''The very true possibility of war between Spain and France makes a relatively powerful Duke in the Northern Rhineland rebel hoping to use the Distraction to gain independence for this extremely potent and potential German State. The revolt while having a significant military force of 20,000 is extremely vulnerable being the first true revolt in the area. (Scores: Mil: 20 Econ: 20 no negative economic bonuses will count against the Rhinish Revolt)'''

'''A Series of Italian noblemen in Inner Lombardy finally gain the strength to revolt raising their Personal armies equaling out to nearly 10,000, they manage to hire mercenaries bolstering their own forces to 25,000. The Revolt manages to gain significant territory along the interior of Lombardy but fails to secure the coast. They then turn to attack the coast in a final offensive to force out Spain (This will take a defensive algo that if won will require an offensive algo on the part of Spain. The revolt is not popular, just powerful nobles. Score: 14 Econ, 14 mil, 12 Inf, negative military mods don't apply to Lombard revolt)'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. Bavaria is sent and offer for Hamburg to buy off the Duchy of Neustadt.
 * ​Bavarian Dip: The new Queen Frances I, wanting to continue positive Hamburg relations and alleviate the economic stress of the civil war, agrees to sell Neustadt for a price of 125,000 reichstalers.
 * Cherokee Diplomacy: The King of the Cherokee and Shawana peoples, King Austenaco demands that Hamburg surrender its Karolina colony to the United Kingdom or face seeing every citizen of New Hamburg being burnt alive as they watch the royal Cherokee banner fly over their city. The King offers peaceful surrender and demands all colonists leave Karolina and return to their European homeland.
 * Hamburg-Bavaria dip: the price is agreed upon, and the turn of the year is suggested as the time for the turnover.
 * Hamburg-Cherekee Dip: Duke Friedrich IV personally writes the response, "That'll be the day"
 * Cherokee Dip: King Austenaco accepts Duke Friedrich IV's refusal of the Cherokee's generous offer, and he proclaims that all-out-war will commence next year once the winter has passed. Meanwhile King Austenaco orders more raids against the colonists over the winter as part of the approaching war.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. With the revolt in Lombardy becoming a prime concern the Spanish seeing the Revolt in the Rhineland as well decides to declare intent to wipe out the Lombard revolt. The Spanish Army of Italy numbering 20,000 is deployed in response as are the various loyal forces across Italy not directly related to the previous influences of the Lombard Kingdom. The various forms of siege equipment are brought as well. The initial defense of Lombardy goes well with the Spanish Imperial forces managing to fight a highly diciplined but less numerous force. The ensuing counterattack led to Spanish forces marching on the Ducal territories of the various revolting nobles capturing them after a relatively pitched and hard battle. Many Spanish troops are impressed by the fervor that Lombard troops fought ith.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up. The Italian Army in response to the Lombard revolt unable to see the reason for revolting against such Cultural Brethren deploys 15,000 troops against the Lombard revolt.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships military speaking. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys 5000 of its troops to fight the Lombards not wishing to leave itself defensless in the event of a French invasion.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships military wise. Genoa Deploys half its forces to fight in Lombardy and the other half to patrol trade routes and pick up slack for Spain as she pivots to the multiple threats.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Lombard Army usually standing at 25,000 suffers immense casualties putting her effective fielding strength at just over 6000 and unable to contribute in any offensives looking only to facilitate the defense of her remaining territory.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. The Spanish North Africa Army is deployed throughout Algiers on the border with French Africa. However, Moroccan troops are deployed less toward this front and more toward the European front in Spain sending 15,000 troops now with 2000 to head to Italy.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000. The Garrison of Algiers is put under command of the Spanish North African corps and is expanded to 5000 becoming the core unit of the Algerian Corps.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materiel to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongolese population reaches nearly three million. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out with the production model beginnign to state precedence. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 3000. The Kongolese military forces are called upon to be prepared to move on the French colony in Southwest Africa with nearly 10,000 local troops raised.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization. The Venetian army is also mobilized in case of War.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines. New Spain begins to be mobilized in the case of war breaking out between France and Spain.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 10,000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 15,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 5000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. Nueva Aragon also ceases expansion wishing to consolidate control over the vast territory it has explored and attempted to subjugate.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is expanded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony has a population of 5500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The colony in General begins to gain a solid population and influence over large swaths of coast as the Spanish navy maps out territory and delivers it back to ships who set up outposts and other areas to exploit trade with natives and other resources. In general thought the importation of Convicts from the mother country begins to show a clear increase in the amount of available homesteads and claims coastal territory. This does, however, make a market for women to be paid to come to the colonies here as well. Due to lack of funding from the Sorento company the Colonial expansion ceases.


 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 7 million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 2,250,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 2.5 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 250,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. After several years of ruling, King Charles XVI dies, and with it his oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I. Seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. One of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the king shows renewed interest in East Asia. Seeing that not much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia. Taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded and whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target - the result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put on hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the Britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign is also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area. The country secretly prepares itself for the apparent invasion attempt to come by bringing a good portion of the mainland army back from Cahokie to the capital and redistributing it to the empire. For the time being none is spent on Britannia, until the German house decides to ask for aid. A small army of 50,000 soldiers moves to the Rhenish territories still loyal in the south, war is declared upon the rebels.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Kingdom begins mobilizing in order to recapture the areas loyal to the German separatists in Northern Rhineland and army of around 100,000 soldiers from Southern and Central Rhineland moves to their locations, war is declared upon the rebels
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Calais region becomes a trading point with the German nations. a small army of 50,000 moves to Rhenish territory in order to aid in the capture of the rebellious territory, war is declared upon the rebels
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * County of Oldenburg: To the consternation of the Regency Council, the Committee for Determining the Rightful Count is nowhere closer to their aim. Indeed, Hamburg, Hispania, France, and Bavaria have not even responded to the Commission's enquiries as to who they recognise as the rightful Emperor of Britannia & Count of Oldenburg. Seeing as Hamburg has also not responded to the government's request for assistance, the Council decides that Oldenburg will begin modernising its military independently. New muskets are purchased from arms suppliers, and more modern and up-to-date uniforms are distributed amongst the army's ranks. New cannons and riggging layouts are put in the naval ships, and renovation begins on the forts both around the country and in the colonies. Neu Norderney expands the maximmum amount North along the coast.
 * Hamburgian Dip: (Sorry Cal, missed your request) Hamburg indeed recognizes the House of Hamburg's rights to rule both Britannia and Oldenburg. Assistance is also offered in modernizing Oldenburgs military.
 * The Nehilaw remain in chaos as the civil war only worsens. In the south, the revolting Odawa invade North Ojibwe, easily defeating the small Nehilaw garrison, and crossing the Crow River to seize the vassal's capital. Thousands of horses, musk oxen, reindeer and cattle are taken, and dozens of houses burnt. This blow turns the Oji-Cree against the Odawa, however, and the wavering chieftains of the area declare their loyalty to the central government. However, it has essentially ceased to exist. The Ahiak sect in the west swiftly claims the mantle of the Sachemate, having already gained control of most of the military. Led by its prophet Kyiistah, Ahiak troops launch an offensive to link up with the loyalists in Nipissing and North Ojibwe, which is successful. Meanwhile, in the north, the self-proclaimed King of the Nehilaw (actually a German pirate), continues ravaging the coasts of the region. However, Ahiak-aligned peasants hold much of the northeast, and his offensive against them fails, with dozens of mercenaries killed. The Europeans fall back to the capital.

**Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built. The king sends a deplomacy to the Roman Empire asking if his son could marry one of your daughters. (mod responce please)
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantania Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km. The Bajandom's government offers to sell Carantania Island to the Dutch, since it has proven to be more of a burden than a blessing. 
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The Riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The economic benefits seen by diverting trade affects the Scandinavian aristocracy and merchant guilds especially. While prosperity is on a rise in Scandinavia, social and economic inequality begins to rise immensely as well. In political news, King Nikolos II passes away this year. His son, Kristoffer Griffins, becomes Kristoffer III, King of Scandinavia.
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expand. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expand. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Ohijo: The militia of Ohijo is established while the economy is established. The capital of Ohijo is established as Rolvstead after General Jans Rolvson, who led the Scandinavians to victory in the Minor Lake Skirmishes. Rolvstead was originally a trading depot for European traders before the Erie tribes raided it. While parts of the town are relatively intact, other parts have been demolished, reporposed, or have otherwise decayed.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. The Empire continues to prosper, as trade begins to further expand and grow in eastern Asia as well as the Americas. This trade brings in considerable revinue for the Empire, allowing it to keep its military and government well funded. Religion in the Empire is another factor, and with both Alexandria and Constantinople under control as well as the tombs of four of the Apostles, income from donations and other religious aspects also helps. The influence of the patriarchs of Constantinople and Alexandria also begin to rise, taking advantage of the religious growth and piety in the Empire.
 * Nubian Dip: The king would like to arrange a marrage for his son with your daughter if that is all right.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria: The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1734, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. Queen Frances I, aged 33, and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In royal news, the Queens's siblings are: former King Albert V (born 1694), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Frances I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In industrial news, the effects of industrialization and urbanization begin to be felt in Swabia and Würzburg, where Stuttgart becomes the center of manufacturing and modern production. In parliamentary news, Frances promises the creation of a large Bavaro-Austrian parliament in return for Austrian help in expeditions to Negara Dipa after 1740. A commission of Austrians in Landshut agree to the deal. In other news, Ferdinand von Ingschaft becomes a prominent politician following his success in the Civil War. In demographic news, Frances I issues a 1735 census to be taken.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Duke Albert III, aged 51, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Albert III's children are: Albert (born 1701), Edmund (born 1703), Margareta (born 1707), Joachim Maria (born 1710), and Joan (born 1711).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 66, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa. In 1732, the investors of the RBSC put forth a combined total of 500,000 reichstalers in the construction of ships, training of private troops, and a military expedition into Negara Dipa next year. Conflict is expected to occur in coming decades.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: King Austenaco continues his military ambitions by continuing the war. More re-inforcements come to the northeast to support the royal army. The King wins many victories and is able to expand into the northeasterly civil disarray territory. The campaign against the lawless region allows the United Kingdom to expand 1,000 sq km. Inspired by all of his victories, King Austenaco sends scouts to survey the near-by Hamburg colony of Karolina (former New Hamburg) as the King yearns for more glory and a seaport for his Kingdom. The scouts returns as the summer begins, reporting poor defences, lots of potential plunder and lots of natives willing to join the royal army to remove the European colonists. In a bout of native patriotism and anti-Europeanism, King Austenaco changes his military campaign's focus onto Karolina. King Austenaco sends some diplomats into the capital of Karolina, New Hamburg, with his ambassadors to demand the German colonists surrender, give up the colony and peacefully return to Europe. The King, however, is not completely sure that the Germans will surrender and the offer is excepted to be refused; but this is what the King truly desires, a war. He sends raiding parties into Karolina to try scare the Germans into surrendering, and prepare the way for the rest of the royal army to march toward New Hamburg. King Austenaco declares to his royal army that his royal banner will fly high over New Hamburg within a year.
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrender all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies where Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to economic expansion.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to economic expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.
 * Damascan Sultanate: The Damascan Sultanate's Sultan is assassinated. Sultan Sulimen VIII takes power. He marries a princess from the Suri Empire. He requests a Non-Agression Pact with the Roman Empire for 25 years. We re-inforce our relations with all members in the UIN especially the Urdustani Empire. We increase our military and unify our Georgian holdings as they have become more islamic over the past years. We propose an alliance with France, Croatia, and Ethiopia.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies. The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia. Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated. A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely exploitive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology. The Britannic war of succession finally appears to be over with King James officially coronated at the Tower of London as Emperor James of Scotland, Ruler of Britannia and her holdings, Defender of the Faith, Most August.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade. Calais is prepped for the exchange of land between France and Britannia, Calais for OTL South Florida
 * Dominion of Arcadia: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire. The new realignment of the two colonial holdings of L'nu and New Dublin see a massive increase of settlers as the new dominion governor enacts more reforms targeted toward economy and finance.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * 'Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largely ignored.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The idea of creating the general assembly, and the ideas of integration are at the core of this year's Grand Summit, with much push back coming from Eesti, Latvia, and Lithuania, because they are the least populous states, and do not want measures disadvantagous to them to be passed, or for people in Pskov of Prussia to have a say in the decisions affecting only that region. This sentiment of wanting independence in affairs only concerning them is echoed by every nation (mostly because no nation has a majority of the population). However, the desire for integration still remains high in the parliaments due to Russian immigrants that Pskov is able to ... let's just say acquire from Russia. After the conclusion, the Heads of Government and the heads of state plea together to the New Veche of Pskov to be the first to ratify the ___, the formal agreement that would institute the Grand Senate as a legislative branch that would be a unified parliament for all members of the union and to pass laws on issues affecting the union as a whole. It also contains a promise of each signing nation to strive toward "Greater Integration" in the near future, and the "clarification of the division of powers". The Grand Senate would be a bicameral legislature, with the first house being the General Assembly, a 500-member house that is chosen by elections throughout the union, and the second house, the Council of Nations, a 120-member house where the representatives are appointed by the various republics in order to represent their interests and be "above" the election politics seen in many cities where people are more than likely to join factions (proto-political parties), each republic would get 20 representatives (All house names are their English equivalents, and will have equivalent and official names in Russian, German, Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian). After much debate, a slim majority of 53 aye votes to ratify against 47 nays. All the viceregal representatives of the Supreme Prince sign it as it has become tradition for them as well to meet at the Grand Summit. The concordat is then taken to the other republics to ratify, and then will be given to the Supreme Prince in Croatia for him to sign this place into law. The new Veche also approves of a motion to temporarily use the Electoral council building for the Grand Senate until a separate building may be constructed for it outside the Krom, or for it to be decided that it will permanently use the Electoral Council building. More-or-less the agreed to General Assembly seats are set as two electors = one seat. The First Elections for the General Assembly are held this year in tandem with National Elections in Pskov, and the States as well, send representatives. The first ever bill passed is often referred to as the "slavery act" and prohibits the doing of business with any "slavers". They also endow the PIC with more powers to help control piracy.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * Tartary: The nation experiences a brief increase in Siberian expansion this year, led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, as well as a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion along the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hands, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year; however, massive development occurs there. The military also begins to be modernised.
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies where Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to military expansion.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to military expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to military expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.

1735

 * Damascan Sultanate: The Damascan Sultanate's Sultan is assassinated. Sultan Sulimen VIII takes power. He marries a princess from the Suri Empire. He requests a Non-Agression Pact with the Roman Empire for 25 years. We re-inforce our relations with all members in the UIN especially the Urdustani Empire. We increase our military and unify our Georgian holdings as they have become more islamic over the past years. We propose an alliance with France, Croatia, and Ethiopia. We request trading rights with Nubia. We reaffirm our trading partners as: Dacia, Croatia, Rome, UIN members, Tartary, Ertriea, and the Dutch. Population rises to 30.2 million. The population of Damascus rises to 467,000.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. In response to the unprovoked aggression from the Cherokee, and expeditionary force is assembled, and shipped to Karolina to re-inforce the contingent there. Civilians in Karolina are urged to head to the safety of New Hamburg for the time being.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built. Since the king of Rome has not gotten back to us, Damianos tells his son to marry another lady. Scorpion marries a lady of the name Nefertiti.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: King Austenaco declares war on Hamburg and leads his royal army in a large invasion of Hamburg's Karolina colony. This northeast campaign wins King Austenaco great praise from his allies and the people, but many rival lords foresee the war with the Europeans as being very risky. As spring starts King Austenaco leads his royal army deep into Karolina with his ambassadors urging the German colonists to flee the capital of Karolina, New Hamburg and surrender the colony or face death. The Ambassadors are killed by the German colonists as they rally an army to fight off the invading native army. The initial year of the war is successful as the Cherokee-Shawana Royal army goes deep into Karolina, with King Austenaco winning many victories and raising several villages and towns. The King expects to reach the capital of Karolina, New Hamburg by next year. However, this is reported by some of the Cherokee scouts as being a tactic to force a siege at the capital, which with the colonists superior artillery would be an easy victory for them. King Austenaco, however, dismisses these scout reports, seizes colonist weaponry to equip his own army and begins to plan on what to do with all his future prisoners.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Bohemia: (Please note: this is my first post playing as Bohemia). 1735 is a fairly normal year for Bohemia until September, when two separate crises arise. The first is an exceptionally poor harvest, resulting in a terrible famine. The local government's apathy stirs up the peasants more, and when a peaceful protest is attacked by nobles a rebellion starts. Over 50,000 rebels, led by disaffected General called Charles Buranek, lay siege to Prague. After a hefty battle, the rebels attack and capture the capital, defeating the last loyal Bohemian armies. Before they are captured, the Bohemian royal family flee to Austria, leaving the revolutionary armies in control of Bohemia. A democracy is scheduled to be created, but until then Buranek is left in control of Bohemia. By the end of the year, some of the nobles sympathetic to the revolution are already feeling Buranek is basically a tyrant.
 * I'm sorry to inform you that Bohemia cannot be played, it does not exist (although the nations list might be outdated). It was united and formed Czechia, a part of the Croatian Bajandom, however, if you (whoever you might be) are adamant about playing as Czechia, I believe we can arrange something S k y G r e e n 2 4 ( P , Q ) 15:32, January 2, 2015 (UTC) / No worries, I am playing as Brittany now -- NiceMonster42
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Regency Council sends a special envoy thanking Hamburg for the promise of assistance. We understand that what with poor roads and bbanditts, there is always a chance that messages simply won't get through. The envoy also asks if this Emperor "James" is of the House of Hamburg. With Hamburger advisors on hand, the military's modernisation efforts rapidly gain pace. Whilst more modern uniforms are introduced, the traditional burgonet helmet is retained for cavalry and guard units, as the (somewhat antiquated) helmet has come to be a national symbol. Neu Norderney expands 2000px up the coast.
 * Hamburgian Dip: the Hamburgians, unfortunately, reply that the Britannian emperor is not front the House of Hamburg.
 * Wu: We continue to improve our economy and military.
 * Brittany: Relatively minor in Europe, and with no hope of expansion, the government of Brittany looks to found a colony. Even though they are new to the colonial race, they hope to carve out a corner of the New World for themselves. A ship carrying 500 colonists sails west to Borealia. After a long journey, the ship sails into the Hudson Bay and start a colony, New Brittany, on the west coast, in Nunavut. By the end of the year, a further 750 colonists arrive in New Brittany. Back home, the costs of forming a colony caused some concerns, but the government promise New Brittany will bring wealth to Old Brittany.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 7 million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 2,250,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 2.5 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 250,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The King unveils his family publicly for the first time revealing what is true, the King is married to the Duchess of Granada, with Carlos, Hernan, Lyanna, and Elizabeth as children, how they avoided the public eye for so long becomes talk of the kingdom but most are impressed with what is called "the Kings ability to keep secrets" and is seen as relatively good thing. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up. The Italian Army in response to the Lombard revolt unable to see the reason for revolting against such Cultural Brethren deploys 15,000 troops against the Lombard revolt.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships military speaking. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys 5000 of its troops to fight the Lombards not wishing to leave itself defensless in the event of a French invasion.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships military wise. Genoa Deploys half its forces to fight in Lombardy and the other half to patrol trade routes and pick up slack for Spain as she pivots to the multiple threats.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Lombard Army usually standing at 25,000 suffers immense casualties putting her effective fielding strength at just over 6000 and unable to contribute in any offensives looking only to facilitate the defense of her remaining territory.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. The Spanish North Africa Army is deployed throughout Algiers on the border with French Africa. However, Moroccan troops are deployed less toward this front and more toward the European front in Spain sending 15,000 troops now with 2000 to head to Italy.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000. The Garrison of Algiers is put under command of the Spanish North African corps and is expanded to 5000 becoming the core unit of the Algerian Corps.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materiel to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongolese population reaches nearly three million. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out with the production model beginnign to state precedence. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 3000. The Kongolese military forces are called upon to be prepared to move on the French colony in Southwest Africa with nearly 10,000 local troops raised.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization. The Venetian army is also mobilized in case of War.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines. New Spain begins to be mobilized in the case of war breaking out between France and Spain.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some white immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 10,000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 15,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 5000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. Nueva Aragon also ceases expansion wishing to consolidate control over the vast territory it has explored and attempted to subjugate.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is expanded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony has a population of 5500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The colony in General begins to gain a solid population and influence over large swaths of coast as the Spanish navy maps out territory and delivers it back to ships who set up outposts and other areas to exploit trade with natives and other resources. In general thought the importation of Convicts from the mother country begins to show a clear increase in the amount of available homesteads and claims coastal territory. This does, however, make a market for women to be paid to come to the colonies here as well. Due to lack of funding from the Sorento company the Colonial expansion ceases.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * The chaos in the Nehilaw Sachemate continues without sign of slowing. In Chisasibi, with the essential collapse of the central government, the peasants rise up and seize control of the local administration. A related revolt occurs in the central plain, where the peasants eliminate an Odawa garrison and throw back several attacking forces from the south. The Ahiak offensive into the coastal areas fails, and their troops are themselves pushed back into the far west. Alfonse Elric marries a Nehilaw girl who he proclaims the heir to the Great Chief of Missisipia, a claim so patently ridiculous that no one believes it. The pirate and mercenary forces begin an offensive into Chisasibi against the peasants, but, as winter strikes, they become bogged down and besieged in the towns, and begin to starve. Cannibalism runs rampant.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. The Empire continues to prosper, as trade begins to further expand and grow in eastern Asia as well as the Americas. This trade brings in considerable revinue for the Empire, allowing it to keep its military and government well funded. Religion in the Empire is another factor, and with both Alexandria and Constantinople under control as well as the tombs of four of the Apostles, income from donations and other religious aspects also helps. The influence of the patriarchs of Constantinople and Alexandria also begin to rise, taking advantage of the religious growth and piety in the Empire.
 * Nubian Dip: The king would like to arrange a marrage for his son with your daughter if that is all right.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria: The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. After several years of ruling, King Charles XVI dies, and with it his oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I. Seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. One of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the king shows renewed interest in East Asia. Seeing that not much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia. Taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded and whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target - the result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put on hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the Britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign is also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area. The country secretly prepares itself for the apparent invasion attempt to come by bringing a good portion of the mainland army back from Cahokie to the capital and redistributing it to the empire. For the time being none is spent on Britannia, until the German house decides to ask for aid. a small army of 50,000 soldiers moves to the Rhenish territories still loyal in the south, war is declared upon the rebels.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Kingdom begins mobilizing in order to recapture the areas loyal to the German separatists in Northern Rhineland and army of around 100,000 soldiers from Southern and Central Rhineland moves to their locations, war is declared upon the rebels
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Calais region becomes a trading point with the German nations. a small army of 50,000 moves to Rhenish territory in order to aid in the capture of the rebellious territory, war is declared upon the rebels
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1735, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. Queen Frances I, aged 34, and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Frances I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In industrial news, the effects of industrialization and urbanization begin to be felt in Swabia and Würzburg, where Stuttgart becomes the center of manufacturing and modern production. In parliamentary news, Frances promises the creation of a large Bavaro-Austrian parliament in return for Austrian help in expeditions to Negara Dipa after 1740. A commission of Austrians in Landshut agree to the deal. In other news, Ferdinand von Ingschaft becomes a prominent politician following his success in the Civil War. In demographic news, Frances I issues a 1735 census to be taken. The census is completed in 1736, and reveals that in all Bavarian realms, there are 16,000,000 people. In more depth, 8,500,000 live in Bavaria, 4,750,000 in Austria, 1,500,000 in Brandenburg, 1,000,000 in Pomerania, 75,000 in Bremen Port, and 175,000 in Lubeck. This is a near doubling in population since 1659, itself signalling postive population growth, and a population which maintains health into old age. In royal news, Frances I has another child, whom she names Joan (Johanna). The Queen's children are: Franz-Hector (born 1732), Joan (born 1735). The Queens's siblings are: former King Albert V (born 1694), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). Ferdinand von Ingschaft, in an address to the Curia Austria, petitions Frances I to create a dual Bavaro-Austrian parliament. Neustadt is sold to Hamburg in 1734.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians. Ferdinand von Ingschaft, in an address to the Curia Austria, petitions Frances I to create a dual Bavaro-Austrian parliament.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Duke Albert III, aged 52, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Albert III's children are: Albert (born 1701), Edmund (born 1703), Margareta (born 1707), Joachim Maria (born 1710), and Joan (born 1711). Young Prince Albert dies this year. The new heir is Edmund.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 67, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Duchess Mary becomes ill this year, and barely recovers by year end. She writes her last will and testament on November 29.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa. In 1732, the investors of the RBSC put forth a combined total of 500,000 reichstalers in the construction of ships, training of private troops, and a military expedition into Negara Dipa next year. Conflict is expected to occur in coming decades.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrender all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies where Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to military expansion.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to military expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The idea of creating the general assembly, and the ideas of integration are at the core of this year's Grand Summit, with much push back coming from Eesti, Latvia, and Lithuania, because they are the least populous states, and do not want measures disadvantagous to them to be passed, or for people in Pskov of Prussia to have a say in the decisions affecting only that region. This sentiment of wanting independence in affairs only concerning them is echoed by every nation (mostly because no nation has a majority of the population). However, the desire for integration still remains high in the parliaments due to Russian immigrants that Pskov is able to ... let's just say acquire from Russia. After the conclusion, the Heads of Government and the heads of state plea together to the New Veche of Pskov to be the first to ratify the ___, the formal agreement that would institute the Grand Senate as a legislative branch that would be a unified parliament for all members of the union and to pass laws on issues affecting the union as a whole. It also contains a promise of each signing nation to strive toward "Greater Integration" in the near future, and the "clarification of the division of powers". The Grand Senate would be a bicameral legislature, with the first house being the General Assembly, a 500-member house that is chosen by elections throughout the union, and the second house, the Council of Nations, a 120-member house where the representatives are appointed by the various republics in order to represent their interests and be "above" the election politics seen in many cities where people are more than likely to join factions (proto-political parties), each republic would get 20 representatives (All house names are their English equivalents, and will have equivalent and official names in Russian, German, Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian). After much debate, a slim majority of 53 aye votes to ratify against 47 nays. All the viceregal representatives of the Supreme Prince sign it as it has become tradition for them as well to meet at the Grand Summit. The concordat is then taken to the other republics to ratify, and then will be given to the Supreme Prince in Croatia for him to sign this place into law. The new Veche also approves of a motion to temporarily use the Electoral council building for the Grand Senate until a separate building may be constructed for it outside the Krom, or for it to be decided that it will permanently use the Electoral Council building. More-or-less the agreed to General Assembly seats are set as two electors = one seat. The First Elections for the General Assembly are held this year in tandem with National Elections in Pskov, and the States as well, send representatives. The first ever bill passed is often referred to as the "slavery act" and prohibits the doing of business with any "slavers". They also endow the PIC with more powers to help control piracy.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.

1736
The creation of the Kievan Rus' Consulate makes numerous Russians wonder about the possibility of recreating the old nation.

'''A large number of Buddhist monks in the Himalaya region undergo the process of self-immolation. Casualties are suspected to range between 30 to over 100.'''


 * I understand we have some international mods, so I won't go crazy on grammar, but if something can be counted (like monks) then it would be a large number, not a large amount.  08:30, January 3, 2015 (UTC)
 *  Thank you for correcting me, as you know, it isn't my first language. If you notice things like these in the future, feel free to correct them and perhaps explain in brackets what was wrong.  S <font color="#04690C">k <font color="#FF0000">y <font color="#04690C">G <font color="#FF0000">r <font color="#04690C">e <font color="#FF0000">e <font color="#04690C">n <font color="#FF0000">2 <font color="#04690C">4 <font color="#FF0000">( <font color="#04690C">P <font color="#FF0000">, <font color="#04690C">Q <font color="#FF0000">) 09:44, January 3, 2015 (UTC)'''
 * Will do. I'm really thankful for your mod-event making skills to give the much-needed spice to the game. And, as many have said, your English is just about as a good as a native. I just happen to be really into grammar. :P 10:22, January 3, 2015 (UTC)


 * Damascan Sultanate: The Damascan Sultanate's Sultan is assassinated. Sultan Sulimen VIII takes power. He marries a princess from the Suri Empire. He requests a Non-Agression Pact with the Roman Empire for 25 years. We re-inforce our relations with all members in the UIN especially the Urdustani Empire. We increase our military and unify our Georgian holdings as they have become more islamic over the past years. We propose an alliance with France, Croatia, and Ethiopia. We request trading rights with Nubia. We reaffirm our trading partners as: Dacia, Croatia, Rome, UIN members, Tartary, Ertriea, and the Dutch. Population rises to 30.2 million. The population of Damascus rises to 467,000. We move 200,000 units through Aegypt to Banu Saleym under Roman supervision and agreement we cross through the lands undisturbed and unintruding. We gather 80,000 units from vassals to follow the main army and begin passing through Aegypt. 100,000 units are sent to the Suri Empire. 120,000 units are transported for two years to Urdustan by Urdustani ships.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. After several years of ruling, King Charles XVI dies, and with it his oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I. Seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. One of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the king shows renewed interest in East Asia. Seeing that not much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia. Taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded and whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target - the result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put on hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the Britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign is also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area. The country secretly prepares itself for the apparent invasion attempt to come by bringing a good portion of the mainland army back from Cahokie to the capital and redistributing it to the empire. For the time being none is spent on Britannia, until the German house decides to ask for aid. a small army of 50,000 soldiers moves to the Rhenish territories still loyal in the south, war is declared upon the rebels, a small contigent of ten ships are sent at the nehilaw with and army of 10,000 soldiers to defend the area.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Kingdom begins mobilizing in order to recapture the areas loyal to the German separatists in Northern Rhineland and army of around 100,000 soldiers from Southern and Central Rhineland moves to their locations, war is declared upon the rebels.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Calais region becomes a trading point with the German nations. a small army of 50,000 moves to Rhenish territory in order to aid in the capture of the rebellious territory, war is declared upon the rebels
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Regency Council of Oldenburg is now in even more of a pickle than they were before. There is a common saying in Oldenburg: "Curiosity caused grievous bodily harm to the frog," and in this case, the old adage rings true. If the Council recognises the House of Scotland's candidate as count, then the personal union with Britannia will be maintained, but no doubt at the cost of the special relationship with Hamburg. Conversely, if they recognise the House of Hamburg's candidate as count, it would mean maintaining the special relationship with Hamburg, but would end the personal union with Britannia, which could place Oldenburg's colonies in danger. The Regency Council, as well as the Landtag, spend three whole months debating the issue, and finally come up with a course of action. Special Ambassadors Extraordinaire are sent to Hamburg, Britannia, France, Hispania, and Scandinavia, offering a solution to the disputed Britannian succession . Seeing as James of the House of Scotland has succeeded in becoming Emperor of Britannia, the candidate of the House of Hamburg could be compensated with the County of Oldenburg, (and perhaps also the Britannian colony on Newfoundland ...). Pleased that they have not only sorted out a quite vexing domestic matter, but also done something toward preserving peace in Europe, the Regency Council and the landtag retire for an extended break. During these proceedings, the army and navy have been improving themselves assiduously to the task of modernising themselves, under the guidance of Hamburger advisors.
 * Hispanian Dip: Due to the fact that the Scottish King James was put onto the throne with the help of Hispania, we don't see the necessity of compensation but we're open to some suggestion regarding it.
 * Oldenburger Dip: The advantage would be that the other claimant would give up their claim to Britannia.


 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built. Scorpion's first son is born, his name is Akhenaten.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1736, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. Queen Frances I, aged 35, and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Frances I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In industrial news, the effects of industrialization and urbanization begin to be felt in Swabia and Würzburg, where Stuttgart becomes the center of manufacturing and modern production. In parliamentary news, Frances promises the creation of a large Bavaro-Austrian parliament in return for Austrian help in expeditions to Negara Dipa after 1740. A commission of Austrians in Landshut agree to the deal. In other news, Ferdinand von Ingschaft becomes a prominent politician following his success in the Civil War. In demographic news, Frances I issues a 1735 census to be taken. The census is completed in 1736, and reveals that in all Bavarian realms, there are 16,000,000 people. In more depth, 8,500,000 live in Bavaria, 4,750,000 in Austria, 1,500,000 in Brandenburg, 1,000,000 in Pomerania, 75,000 in Bremen Port, and 175,000 in Lubeck. This is a near doubling in population since 1659, itself signalling postive population growth, and a population which maintains health into old age. In royal news, Frances I has another child, whom she names Joan (Johanna). The Queen's children are: Franz-Hector (born 1732), Joan (born 1735). The Queens's siblings are: former King Albert V (born 1694), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). Ferdinand von Ingschaft, in an address to the Curia Austria, petitions Frances I to create a dual Bavaro-Austrian parliament. Frances I responds to Ingschaft's call and drafts a charter for a dual Bavaro-Austrian parliament, which she personally denotes formally as the Curia Magna Germania, and in plain language, the German Parliament (in Bavarian German, parliament is translated to diet. So in France's native tongue, the Curia Magna Germania would be named the Deutsche Diet.) As word reaches Ingschaft and the Curia Austria, mass celebrations occur in Vienna. On June 16, the Curia Bavaria officially votes upon a bill creating a German Diet, and the vote goes to the Curia Austria two weeks later. Both parliaments approve of the creation, and the Queen is given the power to select a city where the Parliament will operate. This choosing will occur next year, due to Frances' pregnancy and inconvenient bout of measles which she luckily powers through. In other news, Austria and Bavaria begin mobilizing troops for a possible assault in Indonesia.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament or Bavarian Diet, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians. Ferdinand von Ingschaft, in an address to the Curia Austria, petitions Frances I to create a dual Bavaro-Austrian parliament.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Duke Albert III, aged 53, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Albert III's children are: Albert (born 1701, died 1735), Edmund (born 1703), Margareta (born 1707, died 1736), Joachim Maria (born 1710), and Joan (born 1711). Young Prince Albert dies this year. The new heir is Edmund. Tragically, Princess Margareta dies also, of what appears to be plague. Albert III, emotionally crippled by the death of two of his children, begins to take notice of a particularly acute visitation of bubonic plague in Berlin and other areas around the city. Albert's privy council advises him to find refuge in the country estates, along with his survivng children: Prince Edmund, Prince Joachim Maria, and Princess Joan.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 68, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Duchess Mary becomes ill this year, and barely recovers by year end. She writes her last will and testament on November 29. She dies on April 4, 1736, and her forty-five year old son, King Franz-Heinrich, takes the ducal throne. In this effect, the King consort becomes the Duke of Pomerania, and reigning Queen Frances I becomes Duchess of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa. In 1732, the investors of the RBSC put forth a combined total of 500,000 reichstalers in the construction of ships, training of private troops, and a military expedition into Negara Dipa next year. Conflict is expected to occur in coming decades.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The Riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The economic benefits seen by diverting trade affects the Scandinavian aristocracy and merchant guilds especially. While prosperity is on a rise in Scandinavia, social and economic inequality begins to rise immensely as well.
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expand. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expand. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Ohijo: The militia of Ohijo is established while the economy is established. The capital of Ohijo is established as Rolvstead after General Jans Rolvson, who led the Scandinavians to victory in the Minor Lake Skirmishes. Rolvstead was originally a trading depot for European traders before the Erie tribes raided it. While parts of the town are relatively intact, other parts have been demolished, reporposed, or have otherwise decayed.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The King unveils his family publicly for the first time revealing what is true, the King is married to the Duchess of Granada, with Carlos, Hernan, Lyanna, and Elizabeth as children, how they avoided the public eye for so long becomes talk of the kingdom but most are impressed with what is called "the Kings ability to keep secrets" and is seen as relatively good thing. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up. The Italian Army in response to the Lombard revolt unable to see the reason for revolting against such Cultural Brethren deploys 15,000 troops against the Lombard revolt.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships military speaking. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys 5000 of its troops to fight the Lombards not wishing to leave itself defensless in the event of a French invasion.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships military wise. Genoa Deploys half its forces to fight in Lombardy and the other half to patrol trade routes and pick up slack for Spain as she pivots to the multiple threats.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Lombard Army usually standing at 25,000 suffers immense casualties putting her effective fielding strength at just over 6000 and unable to contribute in any offensives looking only to facilitate the defense of her remaining territory.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. The Spanish North Africa Army is deployed throughout Algiers on the border with French Africa. However, Moroccan troops are deployed less toward this front and more toward the European front in Spain sending 15,000 troops now with 2000 to head to Italy.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000. The Garrison of Algiers is put under command of the Spanish North African corps and is expanded to 5000 becoming the core unit of the Algerian Corps.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materiel to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongolese population reaches nearly three million. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out with the production model beginnign to state precedence. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 3000. The Kongolese military forces are called upon to be prepared to move on the French colony in Southwest Africa with nearly 10,000 local troops raised.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization. The Venetian army is also mobilized in case of War.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some white immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 10,000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 15,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 5000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. Nueva Aragon also ceases expansion wishing to consolidate control over the vast territory it has explored and attempted to subjugate.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is expanded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony has a population of 5500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The colony in General begins to gain a solid population and influence over large swaths of coast as the Spanish navy maps out territory and delivers it back to ships who set up outposts and other areas to exploit trade with natives and other resources. In general thought the importation of Convicts from the mother country begins to show a clear increase in the amount of available homesteads and claims coastal territory. This does, however, make a market for women to be paid to come to the colonies here as well. Due to lack of funding from the Sorento company the Colonial expansion ceases.
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies where Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to economic expansion.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to economic expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies. The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia. Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated. A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely exploitive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology. The Britannic war of succession finally appears to be over with King James officially coronated at the Tower of London as Emperor James of Scotland, Ruler of Britannia and her holdings, Defender of the Faith, Most August.James will consider entertaining the Oldenbuger request in regards to officially ending the civil war and provide the former house with some position. In the meantime, the former emperor flees to a safe haven in Hamburg.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade. Calais is prepped for the exchange of land between France and Britannia, Calais for OTL South Florida
 * Dominion of Arcadia: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire. The new realignment of the two colonial holdings of L'nu and New Dublin see a massive increase of settlers as the new dominion governor enacts more reforms targeted toward economy and finance.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largely ignored.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. The Empire continues to prosper, as trade begins to further expand and grow in eastern Asia as well as the Americas. This trade brings in considerable revinue for the Empire, allowing it to keep its military and government well funded. Religion in the Empire is another factor, and with both Alexandria and Constantinople under control as well as the tombs of four of the Apostles, income from donations and other religious aspects also helps. The influence of the patriarchs of Constantinople and Alexandria also begin to rise, taking advantage of the religious growth and piety in the Empire. The offer of the Nubians is accepted. With the increasing tensions in Europe because of the British Civil War, the military is moblized.
 * Reme:  The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy. With the events taking place in the colony of Hamburg not going as planned, the Romans are forced to react and increase the military activity of the colonies. Major port cities are given forts and extra fortifications while more troops and ships are sent to the colonies. Reme itself is further protected by two forts bristling with cannon.
 * Egypt:  Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia:  The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia:  The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria:  The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: King Austenaco continues his war on Hamburg and leads his royal army deeper into Hamburg's Karolina colony. In the middle of the summer months, the Cherokee royal army reaches New Hamburg and puts the capital of Karolina under siege. The siege lasts for weeks with massive Cherokee casualties. King Austenaco frustrated with his army's ineffectiveness against the colonist's high fortress walls, decides to lead a huge assault against the weakest entrance gate of New Hamburg after a month of ineffective siege seems to be yielding no results. The King prepares the attack but while surveying the walls of New Hamburg from a forward encampment, the King is killed in a canon barrage. With the King dead from this surprise barrage, the now leaderless royal army fall into disarray, the siege is weakened and the siege is broken by the colonists who launch a counter-attack over their walls. With most of the high-command killed in the colonist's cavalry charge, the royal army collaspes and retreats. The colonist's re-inforcements arrive from Europe, and the Hamburg re-inforcements push back the chaotic Cherokee warriors into the United Kingdom. As the year ends the Hamburg forces are assaulting the United Kingdom homeland, destroying several villages. As the Germans continue to push deeper into the United Kingdom, the United Kingdom crown the dead King's eldest brother Gawonii. King Gawonii replaces his brother and tries to reform The royal army, but with its great losses in Karolina, the royal army is now much weaker. King Gawonii tries to recruit more troops from the feudal lords but most of them send very few warriors or out-right refuse. Even more of the broken royal army returning from Karolina simply return home and become loyal solely to their feudal lord. The royal family becomes hated by many feudal lords with some even abandoning their King to ally with the German colonists. The inexperienced King Gawonii holds several strategy meetings to repeal the invading Germans and retake the rebelling feudal lords. The 41 year old King was a great warrior but lacking experience to govern and manage the entire national army, the King begins to use his home soil to his advantage. Following his brother's royal army's defeat to the Europeans on large open field battles, King Gawonii orders his feudal lords to wage a war of night attacks, ambushes and raids on the blindly-marching European forces. He hopes this will buy enough time to negotiate a peace with Hamburg.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * The Nehilaw continue to wage a civil war. The peasant rebels successfully link up, seizing control of most of the central territories.

1737
''' Korea experiences a population boom, which leads to the potential possibility of it expanding its colony or colonies at an increased rate. '''

''' Many Nubians suggest that the three Nubian nations reunite into a single country. '''
 * Suri Empire: After taking a long hiatus from worldy affairs, the new Sultan, Fadeel Khan Lari, announces that his father passed in 1719 from pneumonia. The Sultan also introduces his new wife to the world, Queen Jaali. Sultan Fadeel Khan Lari offers his 14 year old daughter, 'Izzah, to the new sultan of the Damascan Sultanate. Festivals are prepared to celebrate the continuation of the union between these two nations. The Empire continues friendly relations with the Damascan Sultanate and Urdustan. We start building back up our military after much of the army was disbanded during the Great Peace. The Sultan, in his infinte wisdom, implements a new style of military. This new army will be trained in the ways of war, but after training, will return to their civilian lives. In times where the nation is in danger, this force will rally and defend its nation. Islam still holds a strong grasp over the Empire. WE DECLARE WAR ON SPAIN. The Sultan orders 100,000 men to the border of Spain's Indian colony.
 * Marwar (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Delhi (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Multan (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Ladakh (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Rome and Damascan Sultanate'.


 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built. Since the people of the nation want to be all together they ask the king to unify the nation. The king things that a centralized nation that is unified is a great idea. Alodia and Makuria and annexed into Nubia.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand. This nation becomes a part of Nubia.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand. This nation becomes a part of Nubia.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. Pleased by the outcome of the war with Cherokee, the peace treaty is signed. The Hamburgian diplomats promise the Cherokee autonomy, and makes it clear that Hamburg will work to modernize their new allies. In response to the growing war declarations against Spain, Hamburg and its subjects declare war on Spain as well.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: King Gawonii continues to fight the war against Hamburg. With the change in tactics, and willingness of the Cherokee and Shawana people to defend their homes from the European invaders, the tide of war is seemingly turned back into the favour of the United Kingdom. However, the European armies continue to march unopposed into the Kingdom, with the feudal lord's guerrilla armies only able to slow the European armies and not completely stop the Germans. King Gawonii realising this sends many diplomats to the capital of Karolina, New Hamburg, to sue for a peace treaty to hopefully put a quick end to this war, which now looked set to be a long, slow war. Following the many months of cat-and-mouse warfare in the eastern territories of the United Kingdom, an agreement is made and diplomats from Hamburg escorted by Chief Chuquilatague of the Eastern Shawana seat of Immokalee plan their way to the capital of the United Kingdom, Watagi. The Diplomats reach the capital just as winter begins, with word of Chief Chuquilatague's ceasefire in the Eastern Shawana nation reaching the capital as a diplomatic meeting begins, but it is too late for King Gawonii. Chief Chuquilatague and the Germans turn-coat and set their daggers on the King and his forces. King Gawonii's throat is cut by Chief Chuquilatague at the meeting, as is Crown Prince Salal. Crown Princess Adsila is captured by Chief Chuquilatague, who in allegiance with the Germans, and some other Cherokee and Shawana lords take over the capital, killing every Degataga loyalist in the capital. News of the coup quickly spreads throughout the Kingdom, and as a result of the Black Diplomacy Crown Princess Adsila succeeds her elder brother Gawonii as Queen. The Black Diplomacy saw every royal family member except Princess Adsila killed, and her Uncle Prince Sequoyah and his family. With her husband killed for being a traitor, and her children killed for being traitors; Princess Adsila becomes the centre of Chief Chuquilatague's plan to seize the throne, and the two are engaged quickly under considerable duress. Prince Sequoyah begins forming a large army of loyalists to help his free Princess Adsila from the treacherous Chief Chuquilatague and his German allies. In the third year of the Hamburg-Cherokee-Shawana War, Queen Adsila is crowned Queen of the Cherokee and Shawana peoples as winter begins in 1737. The poor 37 year old Queen is controlled totally by the Shawana Chief Chuquilatague who she declares as her one, true love during her coronation. The Chief marries the Queen a few days after her coronation, after some more persuading by her captors. She marries Chief Chuquilatague who is declared the rightful King of the Cherokee, Shawana, Coushatta, Creek and Koasati peoples. As a result, Queen Adsila gives up all of her royal duties to her husband, who becomes the new King. Her duties now turn to producing a child for King Coushatta to continue the newly founded Degataga-Chuquilatague Dynasty. The Hamburg-Cherokee War is over, with Hamburg and their new Shawana and Cherokee allies now seeking to end the civil war against the new Degataga-Chuquilatague Dynasty of the United Shawana-Cherokee Kingdom. Becoming King in the last month of 1737, the new King continues to consolidate his hold on the Kingdom. Through his alliance with Karolina/Hamburg and various other Cherokee, Shawana, Coushatta, Creek and Koasati Chiefs; King Chuquilatague killed off all of his rivals who would still support the old Degataga Dynasty. The King signs a peace treaty with some diplomats from Hamburg, the treaty of Watagi ends hostilities between the United Kingdom and the Hamburger colonists in Karolina. The treaty also decrees the United Kingdom to be a subordinate vassal of the Duchy of Hamburg.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans. In order to abuse the situation, and to claim a higher position as a true power in Europe, especially after having to give up Carantania Island, the Bajandom declares war on the Empire of Hispania.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. small contigent of ten ships are sent at the nehilaw with and army of  10,000 soldiers to defend the area. War is declared upon Spain after several years of deterioration of the once great alliance of the two country, the king seeks to further its influence in Europe by attempting what many of his own military advisors consider suicide, The king prepares a good portion of the Fleet from Europe to attempt landing in Spain's east coast area. While this, the local troops from Colombia move to defend the southern and northwestern border as well as the local colombian fleet to defend Nouvelle Sardinie from the Spanish fleet ships and pirates, The rest of the colonial troops moves into Spanish territory in OTL Mexico from Cahokia and Chateau d'or (Costa Rica :v)
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The kingdom after defeating the forces of the rebels follow suit and declare war on Spain as France did.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Damascan Sultanate: The Damascan Sultanate's Sultan is assassinated. Sultan Sulimen VIII takes power. He marries a princess from the Suri Empire. WAR IS DECLARED UPON SPAIN. He requests a Non-Agression Pact with the Roman Empire for 25 years. We re-inforce our relations with all members in the UIN especially the Urdustani Empire. We increase our military and unify our Georgian holdings as they have become more islamic over the past years. We propose an alliance with France, Croatia, and Ethiopia. We request trading rights with Nubia. We reaffirm our trading partners as: Dacia, Croatia, Rome, UIN members, Tartary, Ertriea, and the Dutch. Population rises to 30.2 million. The population of Damascus rises to 467,000. We move 200,000 units through Aegypt to Banu Saleym under Roman supervision and agreement we cross through the lands undisturbed and unintruding. We gather 80,000 units from vassals to follow the main army and begin passing through Aegypt. 100,000 units are sent to the Suri Empire. 120,000 units are transported for two years to Urdustan by Urdustani ships.
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. This turn in all Dutch possessions and territories is dedicated to economic expansion. We provide military support in our colonies to our allies.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion in Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to economic expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger. War is declared against Spain, we mobilize fully and provide siege weapons from all vassals.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies. The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia. Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated. A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely exploitive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology. The Britannic war of succession finally appears to be over with King James officially coronated at the Tower of London as Emperor James of Scotland, Ruler of Britannia and her holdings, Defender of the Faith, Most August.James will consider entertaining the Oldenbuger request in regards to officially ending the civil war and provide the former house with some position. In the meantime, the former emperor flees to a safe haven in Hamburg. The Council of Kent is convened to end the succession crisis. Emperor James states that he will allow the House of Hamburg to remain nobility and offer the family control over Arcadia. In other news, Parliament declares war on Spain citing the strengthing of ties with France an overall increase in tension between the once cordial nations. The bulk of the Brittannic navy is assembled and begins the trip to Spain. Troops are directed from the Navy as well as land forces through France. In Borealia, The Dominion of Arcadia, New Cambridgeshire and New Guerney also aid in the effort. In a speech to Parliament Emperor James laments his nations decision but firmly stands behind the parilament and armed forces in this matter. Ties with France are futher strengthen by the combined effort.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade. Calais is prepped for the exchange of land between France and Britannia, Calais for OTL South Florida
 * Dominion of Arcadia: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire. The new realignment of the two colonial holdings of L'nu and New Dublin see a massive increase of settlers as the new dominion governor enacts more reforms targeted toward economy and finance.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largely ignored.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1737, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. Queen Frances I, aged 36, and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Frances I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In industrial news, the effects of industrialization and urbanization begin to be felt in Swabia and Würzburg, where Stuttgart becomes the center of manufacturing and modern production. In parliamentary news, Frances promises the creation of a large Bavaro-Austrian parliament in return for Austrian help in expeditions to Negara Dipa after 1740. A commission of Austrians in Landshut agree to the deal. In other news, Ferdinand von Ingschaft becomes a prominent politician following his success in the Civil War. In demographic news, Frances I issues a 1735 census to be taken. The census is completed in 1736, and reveals that in all Bavarian realms, there are 16,000,000 people. In more depth, 8,500,000 live in Bavaria, 4,750,000 in Austria, 1,500,000 in Brandenburg, 1,000,000 in Pomerania, 75,000 in Bremen Port, and 175,000 in Lubeck. This is a near doubling in population since 1659, itself signalling postive population growth, and a population which maintains health into old age. In royal news, Frances I has another child, whom she names Joan (Johanna). The Queen's children are: Franz-Hector (born 1732), Joan (born 1735). The Queens's siblings are: former King Albert V (born 1694), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). The Deutsche Diet is created in 1736, and using her powers as Supreme Chancellor of the Curia Bavaria, places the seat of the Diet in Augsburg, where the historic Imperial Diet also sat. Many Bavarians and Austrians are fine with this placement, being far enough away from Bavarian influence which could corrupt the diet. This new Diet will occupy supremacy over both the Curias Bavaria and Austria, and in essence will act as an Upper House to both regional Curias. In other new, Franz-Heinrich, now Duke of Pomerania, leaves Landshut to travel to his new Ducal seat in Stettin. About midway through his journey, Franz-Heinrich and his retinue learn of the plague ravaging Berlin. Not wanting to endanger himself, Franz-Heinrich orders his retinue to instead travel through nearby Potsdam and totally circumvent passage through Berlin. It is during the early days of May, 1737, where the new Duke finds that Potsdam has also been struck by the plague, though not as severely as Berlin. Needing to rest, Duke Franz-Heinrich I opts to rest in the nearby town of Werder, assured that he will avoid the plague. Unfortunately, many of his company begin falling ill over a course of two nights. Alarmingly, Franz-Heinrich falls ill as well. Rudimentary medical practices, such as bleeding and purging, are used on him, but seem to make him more sickly. Black buboes appear on his neck on May 14, just as letter is sent to Landshut to inform Queen Frances of her husband's imminent demise. Duke Franz-Heinrich dies on May 19, and his final will orders that a Regency Council rule in Pomerania in order to appropriately select an heir to the throne. On May 26, a Regency Council is established. Frances I, stricken with immeasurable grief and sadness, retires to her bedchambers, and her children are kept inside due to fears of infection. While in her chambers, Frances I sends letter to the Pomeranian Regency Council expressing concern over who will rule Pomerania. Naturally, it will be Franz-Heinrich's chosen heir, as dictated by the Bavarian Commands. However, Franz-Heinrich's designated heir is, in fact, the Regency Council. Frances I notes that if her son Franz-Hector becomes Duke of Pomerania, he will ultimately rule Pomerania and Bavaria once he assumes the Bavarian throne. The Regency Council, representing several seasoned diplomats of the late Duchess Mary, dislike the idea of a Bavarian-Pomeranian personal union. Instead, they propose that Princess Joan rules as Duchess. Out of hesitant loyalty to the crown, the Regency Council reluctantly grants Queen Frances I the power to choose who will ultimately rule the Duchy. Still overcome by grief, Frances I postpones her choice for next year. Out of fear for her and her children's safety, Frances I proposes that a funeral will be held in Landshut, and not in plague infested Pomerania. Also occurring during the Spring and Summer is the outbreak of war between Spain and France. Frances I, not in a mood for politics due to Franz-Heinrich's demise, allocates her diplomatic power to the newly created Deutsche Diet. The Deutsche Diet, composed of young, ambitious Bavarians and Austrians, are in fact, torn by the war. Many support Spain, and harken back to the several instances of Spanish help in Bavarian wars. Others are fearful of Spanish hegemony, and want to equalize the power structure in Europe, and aim to do so by maintaining alliance with France. Austrians support war on Spain, while many Bavarians are on the fence. However, by early June, a consensus is reached between Austrians and Bavarians. Spanish hegemony is a point of contention with all parliamentarians, and even the most fanantic of Spanish sympathizers concede that notion. Ferdinand von Ingschaft speaks for several of his colleagues and addresses the Deutsche Diet in mid-June. In his address, he promises that if Bavaria supports the Austrian cause for a war on Spain, Austria will grant any annexed possessions won in a war on Spain to Bavaria. The most logical possession, the Kingdom of Venezia, is located just south of Bavaria, and is a very important state in Europe. If Bavaria supports Austria, then Venezia will become apart of Bavaria, not Austria. The Bavarian Parliamentarians accept Ingschaft's proposal and get to work in drafting a declaration of war. On June 18, Bavaria declares war on Hispania. Troops are mobilized and siege equipment is brought. 100,000 troops from all over Bavaria begin marching on Venezia and the rest of Italy. The Deutsche Diet officially make a claim on the Kingdom of Venezia.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament or Bavarian Diet, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. War is declared on Hispania.
 * Deutsche Diet: The Deutsche Diet, also known as the German Parliament or German Diet, is established by the decree of Queen Frances I in 1736, and is given a charter that year. The Deutsche Diet declare war on Hispania, thus, proclaim that all Bavarian realms, including Austria, also declare war on Hispania.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians. Ferdinand von Ingschaft, in an address to the Curia Austria, petitions Frances I to create a dual Bavaro-Austrian parliament. War is declared on Hispania.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed. War is declared on Hispania.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. War is declared on Hispania.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria. War is declared on Hispania.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Duke Albert III, aged 54, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Albert III's children are: Albert (born 1701, died 1735), Edmund (born 1703), Margareta (born 1707, died 1736), Joachim Maria (born 1710), and Joan (born 1711). Young Prince Albert dies this year. The new heir is Edmund. Tragically, Princess Margareta dies also, of what appears to be plague. Albert III, emotionally crippled by the death of two of his children, begins to take notice of a particularly acute visitation of bubonic plague in Berlin and other areas around the city. Albert's privy council advises him to find refuge in the country estates, along with his survivng children: Prince Edmund, Prince Joachim Maria, and Princess Joan. Albert does so in 1737, and all three children as well as the aging Duke himself arrive safely at a country estate, luckily dodging a plague visitation which is leaving bodies piling in Berlin. War is declared on Hispania.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Heinrich I, age 46, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Duchess Mary dies on April 4, 1736, and her forty-five year old son, King Franz-Heinrich, takes the ducal throne. In this effect, the King consort becomes the Duke of Pomerania, and reigning Queen Frances I becomes Duchess of Pomerania. Sadly, Duke Franz-Heinrich I dies en route to Pomerania, near Potsdam of the plague. A regency council is appointed to rule Pomernia.  War is declared on Hispania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa. In 1732, the investors of the RBSC put forth a combined total of 500,000 reichstalers in the construction of ships, training of private troops, and a military expedition into Negara Dipa next year. Conflict is expected to occur in coming decades.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz. War is declared on Hispania. New Bavaria joins France and many other nations invading Mexico.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself. War is declared on Hispania. Pearl River joins France and many other nations invading Mexico.
 * Demak Sultanate: The New Sultan took over in the year of 1737. Sultan Adi leads the people in centralizing and becoming more Sunni Muslim. We reaffirm our alliances with the United Islamic Nations promising full support in return of full support. We begin trading heavily with the Suri Empire and Urdustan. The land given to the Suri Empire is openly bordered now, allowing people to move in and out of the border lines freely. We spread Islam throughout the Indonesian islands. Sultan Adi declares war upon Spain, as did our United Islamic Nations leader: Sultan Sulimen VIII. Our military and navy is expanded as we receive economic support from Suri Empire. We annex the territory of Bima as it is unorganized territory. We begin vassalizing Bone (Turn One of Four). Our population increases to 1.2 million. We reaffirm our alliance with the Dutch. We reaffirm their claims to Brunei and Pagabar. Trade is emphasized within the realm, as well as maintaining our massive navy.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at eight million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Whispers of war come to the people of the Inca. Soon, public demand for war is too much as the Inca see the chance to "return to the golden age" when the Inca dominated the Andes. The Sapa Inca is forced to declare war on Spain or face revolution.  Spanish assets in Peru are seized by the royal army.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 2,250,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000. War is declared
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 2.5 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland. War is Declared
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 250,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000. War is declared.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. The Empire continues to prosper, as trade begins to further expand and grow in eastern Asia as well as the Americas. This trade brings in considerable revenue for the Empire, allowing it to keep its military and government well funded. Religion in the Empire is another factor, and with both Alexandria and Constantinople under control as well as the tombs of four of the Apostles, income from donations and other religious aspects also helps. The influence of the patriarchs of Constantinople and Alexandria also begin to rise, taking advantage of the religious growth and piety in the Empire. The offer of the Nubians is accepted. With the increasing tensions in Europe because of the British Civil War, the military is mobilized. With the war breaking out in Europe, Rome joins the coalition and declares war on the Spanish Empire, invading Sicily and Italy and also sending troops to do battle in the Borealian Theatre.
 * Reme:  The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy. With the events taking place in the colony of Hamburg not going as planned, the Romans are forced to react and increase the military activity of the colonies. Major port cities are given forts and extra fortifications while more troops and ships are sent to the colonies. Reme itself is further protected by two forts bristling with cannon.
 * Egypt:  Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia:  The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia:  The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria:  The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * ​County of Oldenburg: With Britannia now offering the House of Hamburg nobility status, the need to compensate the house with the Count-ship appears to have diminished. However, the Regency Council says that the offer is still open if the involved parties choose to accept it. In the meantime, the RC is happy enough for the interregnum to continue (and for them to remain in power, mwuah ha ha). With close ally Hamburg, old ally Britannia, regional powerbroker Bavaria and numerous other powerful and influential nations declaring war on Hispania, the Regency Council feels forced to act. The Landtag is assembled, and after very little debate, it is decided that the only way for puny little Oldenburg to remain in the good books of its friends and neighbours is to declare war on Hispania. This is promptly done, and the RC appoints a Captain-General to lead the military.
 * The Nehilaw civil war finally comes to an end this year. The peasant armies, supplied with a massive advantage in numbers, successfully overwhelm the Ahiak, killing their prophet. Close to thirty thousands men then close in on the capital of Aksimiki, where Alfonse Elric is besieged. After three days, seeing the overwhelming odds, he flees the city. The peasants seize the capital and declare the Nehilaw Commonwealth, in which the old gift economy is restored and the monetarized economy is disabled. Hearkening back to the old days, they also view Christianity and the nobility with suspicion, and seek to undermine the power of both. In the south, the independence of the Odawa and Mackinac is acknowledged, on the condition they accept preferential trade with the Nehilaw and allow free transit of Nehilaw troops through their lands. The remaining vassals of Nipissing and North Ojibwe are rocked by demands for greater autonomy for individual chiefs. As a result, they are divided into four new "Free Chiefdoms", named Ashagi, Miskwaa, Nipissing and Miskouaha. TThe Commonwealth Council is inaugurated, consisting of the thirty most important peasant leaders. The first item on their agenda is the restoration of ties with their European allies, especially their protector France. In accordance with the treaty of protection, the Nehilaw declare war on Hispania and offer the military - about 20,000 men - to the French for use as necessary. The navy, which remained largely intact in the ports of Chisasibi, transports 4000 men south to the nearest battlefront. Another 4000 move south through the newly independent territories - per the agreement with them - to Rouenelle.


 * Tartary:The military grows with  a diverse population of many ethnicites from the empire, driven by the ever growing national identity of the people. They are trained in the Urals. With exporting goods from the far east and siberia the economy grows. Trade fleets built in the Black Sea sail Europe. Ports in the Far East are built to resemble cities in the western part of the empire. These ports find goods from the chinese states and things from the west flowing in, turning a high profit.


 * Great Perm:  Supplies more men to the army, economy grows. Ethnic integration continues.


 * Noth Azerbaijan:  Ethnic integration leaves people wanting to unite with south Azerbaijan few and far between. The overall economy expands, and more men join the army. Cities begin to look more industrialized.


 * Bukhara:  Islam becomes less popular in Bukhara with the increasing westernization of the vassal. Its economy grows from trade with its southern neighbors. The military grows.


 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The idea of creating the general assembly, and the ideas of integration are at the core of this year's Grand Summit, with much push back coming from Eesti, Latvia, and Lithuania, because they are the least populous states, and do not want measures disadvantagous to them to be passed, or for people in Pskov of Prussia to have a say in the decisions affecting only that region. This sentiment of wanting independence in affairs only concerning them is echoed by every nation (mostly because no nation has a majority of the population). However, the desire for integration still remains high in the parliaments due to Russian immigrants that Pskov is able to ... let's just say acquire from Russia. After the conclusion, the Heads of Government and the heads of state plea together to the New Veche of Pskov to be the first to ratify the ___, the formal agreement that would institute the Grand Senate as a legislative branch that would be a unified parliament for all members of the union and to pass laws on issues affecting the union as a whole. It also contains a promise of each signing nation to strive toward "Greater Integration" in the near future, and the "clarification of the division of powers". The Grand Senate would be a bicameral legislature, with the first house being the General Assembly, a 500-member house that is chosen by elections throughout the union, and the second house, the Council of Nations, a 120-member house where the representatives are appointed by the various republics in order to represent their interests and be "above" the election politics seen in many cities where people are more than likely to join factions (proto-political parties), each republic would get 20 representatives (All house names are their English equivalents, and will have equivalent and official names in Russian, German, Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian). After much debate, a slim majority of 53 aye votes to ratify against 47 nays. All the viceregal representatives of the Supreme Prince sign it as it has become tradition for them as well to meet at the Grand Summit. The concordat is then taken to the other republics to ratify, and then will be given to the Supreme Prince in Croatia for him to sign this place into law. The new Veche also approves of a motion to temporarily use the Electoral council building for the Grand Senate until a separate building may be constructed for it outside the Krom, or for it to be decided that it will permanently use the Electoral Council building. More-or-less the agreed to General Assembly seats are set as two electors = one seat. The First Elections for the General Assembly are held this year in tandem with National Elections in Pskov, and the States as well, send representatives. The first ever bill passed is often referred to as the "slavery act" and prohibits the doing of business with any "slavers". They also endow the PIC with more powers to help control piracy. The Pskovians offer the Spanish royal family refuge in their Nation, as a show of support(since their past position kind off limited their involvement, being technically in PU with Croatia and whatnot). The Grand Senate officially proclaims Pskov as the "only legitimate successor to the Rus' state" by transitio imperi since after the Muscovite invasion of Pskov. This puts them at odds with that nation, only inviting hostility.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.

1738

 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. Horiyōshi Yokohama III, late one night, decides to engage in intercourse with one of his courtwomen. However, getting overly exited and aroused, he suffers a heart attack from exhaustion. His son, Yamamota Yokohama IV, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Yamamoto Yokohama IV, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]. Meanwhile, Yamamoto Yokohama IV adopts a 12 year old Manchu boy, to show the people how much he cares about his empire
 * Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade continues with SiChuan and the two nations are slowly and gradually brought closer. Meanwhile, Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III died and was succeeded by Yamamoto Yokohama IV. Japanese culture was gradually adopted by the people. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of 100 ships. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built and we adopt Japanese culture. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. As the economy begins to drop with fewer Chinese and Spanish merchants coming in Yamamoto Yokohama IV asks the Chinese Warlord states X and Y to defend China in the case of any non-local emerging power rises in the area. To spice up the deal, Japan-Manchuria offers 70 lbs of Silver to every state that joins, with economic bonuses coming long term. [NEUTRAL MOD RESPONSE].
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. Hamburg's expeditionary forces in Africa and Borealia, the latter pushing an offensive in the Belize region and securing the area as a base of operations.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Demak Sultanate:  The Sultan leads the people in centralizing and becoming more Sunni Muslim. We reaffirm our alliances with the United Islamic Nations promising full support in return in full support. We begin trading heavily with the Suri Empire and Urdustan. The land given to the Suri Empire is openly bordered now, allowing people to move in and out of the border lines freely. We spread Islam throughout the Indonesian Islands. Our military and navy is expanded as we receive economic support from the Suri Empire. We reaffirm our alliance with the Dutch. Our population also increases.


 * Andean Monarchy: With the end of the War and the expansion of the Inca, the Peruvian Confederation, under the French, reforms into the Andean Monarchy. Tawantinsuyu remains the head nation in the Monarchy, and is the most populous at eight million people. It also houses the largest City:Cuzco, which has roughly 170,000 people. Military, economy and navy improve. Huascar II and his Lesser Kings oversee the creation of the Union of Hesperia and Borrelia, we invite the Nehilaw to join the Union as the first nonfounding nation.
 * Empire du Chimor: Under the Andean Monarchy and French Rule, the nation of Chimor continues to grow. Population stands at roughly three million and continues to grow. French migration into the region increases as the nation is absorbed into the French sphere. Military, economy and navy improve.
 * Empire du Chiribaya: Under the Andean Monarchy and French Rule, the nation of Chimor continues to grow. Population stands at roughly three million and continues to grow. French migration into the region increases as the nation is absorbed into the French sphere. Military, economy and navy improve.
 * Empire du Collaquyimbya: Under the Andean Monarchy and French Rule, the nation of Chimor continues to grow. Population stands at roughly 300,000 and continues to grow. French migration into the region increases as the nation is absorbed into the French sphere. Military, economy and navy improve.
 * Viceroyalty of Chile: Formerly a part of New Spain, the new nation is brought into the Andean Monarchy. With a population just under one million, the nation sees a new economic system under the Inca that greatly benefits the economy. Military, economy and navy improve. Spanish still makes up a majority in the region.
 * Domain of Tiwanaku:  Formally a part of New Spain, the new nation is brought into the Andean Monarchy. With a population just under 100,000, the nation sees a new economic system under the Inca that greatly benefits the economy. Military, economy and navy improve. Spanish still makes up a majority in the region, though French and Inca cultures also grow.
 * The Nehilaw accept the invitation and hope the members vote in favour of their entry.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. small contigent of ten ships are sent at the nehilaw with and army of 10,000 soldiers to defend the area. War is declared upon Spain after several years of deterioration of the once great alliance of the two country, the king seeks to further its influence in Europe by attempting what many of his own military advisors consider suicide, The king prepares a good portion of the Fleet from Europe to attempt landing in Spain's east coast area. While this, the local troops from Colombia move to defend the southern and northwestern border as well as the local colombian fleet to defend Nouvelle Sardinie from the Spanish fleet ships and pirates, The rest of the colonial troops moves into Spanish territory in OTL Mexico from Cahokia and Chateau d'or (Costa Rica :v) war continues for the time being
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The kingdom after defeating the forces of the rebels follow suit and declare war on Spain as France did.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Declares war on Spain as France did.


 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built. Now that Nubia is unified, we are centralizing the nation.


 * Empire of Lanka: As Ranj's health deteriorates, he decides to abdicate for his oldest son, Ranjit to inherit the throne. Like his father, Ranjit has the goal to reform the empire and make it more similar to a European state. Although some troops and supplies were already dedicated to the effort to assist the Netherlands, war is officially declared on Hispania. The empire mainly focuses on economic expansion, but secondly on westernization and naval expansion. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the troop numbers continues to go up. Population increases, and Ranjit prepares to hold the first Lankan census soon. Trade posts continue to be built throughout the empire. Lankan schools continue to Dutch as a second language. Due to the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Friendly relations continue with the nations of Urdustan, Ayutthaya, the Suri Empire, and Japan. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Although Ranjit wants to continue to building the new capital of Waardige, resources are dedicated toward the war (Turn Eighty-One of Many). The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (former) Dutch warships. The Kust Weg continues to be used to move the military quickly through the country. Small tensions continue between cultures and religion throughout the country. The navy and army are dedicated to assisting allied and Urdustani forces in mainland India and Asia.
 * Empire of Ethiopia: As tensions rise with Nubia, our military reaches 370,000. We order 600 troops to be stationed around the Nubia border, if they decide to invade them. We expand 100 pixels toward the west. (please add this to the map). Our population still sways around 27,600,000, but it's going up every year. We follow Nubia's lead, and attempt to spread schools around the nation, with the first university being built in our capital.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military continues prosecuting the war against Hispania. Not having seen a major conflict for over a century, the military is learning some valuable lessons on modern tactics and technology from its allies and enemy. Constitutional issues of the Countship are put on a backburner for the duration of the conflict. The Atlantic islands, Neu Norderney, and Neu Juist all call up their militias and receive naval re-inforcements in case of a random Hispanian raid. The chances of such an event occuring, however, are deemd to bbe extremely low.
 * In the city of Pamplona, a young man by the name of Erramun de Evreux has gathered a wide following. Many Basque individuals know Erramun and his plight; he is the descendant of the last "true" King of Navarre, Carles IV, the grandson of Queen Blanche. Erramun has waited patiently for some point in time to assert a claim to lead the Navarrese people, and he sees his opportunity as the Spanish hegemony begins to fall globally, and in fact even in Spain. As French and other troops start to attach Spain proper, Erramun gathers his supporters (who come from Pamplona, Bilbao, San Sebastián, and Vitoria-Gastiez) and declares the independence of the Kingdom of Navarre on August 24 (a date picked for being 8-24, reminiscent of 824, when the original kingdom broke free from oppresive European monarchies). After this bold declaration has been made, Erramun launches a widespread revolt in which garrisoned Spanish troops are quickly forced to leave the major cities of Navarre. Despite these gains however, the revolt is far from united, with some predominantly Castillian regions taking up arms against the newly coalescing army of Erramun. As winter arrives, the two sides camp; the Castillians in Burgos and the Basques in Logroño.
 * Erramun seeks international recognition of his legitimate claim to the Throne of Navarre, on the basis that the seizure of the Throne by Castile in 1464 was illegal due to the Castillian claimant having been removed from the line of succession by King Carles IV of Navarre (II of Aragon). He also seeks military assistance to crush the Castillian forces gathered in Burgos.
 * Britannic Dip: The Emperor of the Empire of Britannia officially recognizes the independence of Navarre and pledges support for the nation.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies. The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia. Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated. A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely exploitive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology. The Britannic war of succession finally appears to be over with King James officially coronated at the Tower of London as Emperor James of Scotland, Ruler of Britannia and her holdings, Defender of the Faith, Most August. James will consider entertaining the Oldenbuger request in regards to officially ending the civil war and provide the former house with some position. In the meantime, the former emperor flees to a safe haven in Hamburg. The Council of Kent is convened to end the succession crisis. Emperor James states that he will allow the House of Hamburg to remain nobility and offer the family control over Arcadia. In other news, Parliament declares war on Spain citing the strengthening of ties with France an overall increase in tension between the once cordial nations. The bulk of the Britannic navy is assembled and begins the trip to Spain. Troops are directed from the Navy as well as land forces through France. In Borealia, The Dominion of Arcadia, New Cambridgeshire and New Guerney also aid in the effort. In a speech to Parliament Emperor James laments his nations decision but firmly stands behind the parliament and armed forces in this matter. Ties with France are further strengthen by the combined effort. The Emperor plans a visit to the Prime Minister of Mexaca to discuss the future between the nations. Troops are sent to help fight the Spanish off.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well. The Emperor visits Glasgow for the wedding of noblewoman Cassandra De' Levae, wife of the Duke of Westminster in a surprise visit keen on proving that he is open to reconciliation with the House of Hamburg.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * Dominion of Arcadia: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire. The new realignment of the two colonial holdings of L'nu and New Dublin see a massive increase of settlers as the new dominion governor enacts more reforms targeted toward economy and finance.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largely ignored.
 * Colony of Durbin: The colony of Durbin expands along the western coast of Australia from the former settlement that crashed there so long ago. With contact and resources flowing in from Britannia a minor boom is witnessed (colony expands 1000 sq km south along western coast).
 * The Nehilaw: begin to rebuild from the civil war. Most damage was focused in coastal areas, and much of the destroyed infrastructure is replaced with more modern versions. The navy continues to expand to prevent another landing, with many ships constructed both on Gichigami and on the Adelheid Sea. The army, made up largely of peasant rebels, re-arms and modernizes. All vassals improve military and economy.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. The Empire continues to prosper, as trade begins to further expand and grow in eastern Asia as well as the Americas. This trade brings in considerable revenue for the Empire, allowing it to keep its military and government well funded. Religion in the Empire is another factor, and with both Alexandria and Constantinople under control as well as the tombs of four of the Apostles, income from donations and other religious aspects also helps. The influence of the patriarchs of Constantinople and Alexandria also begin to rise, taking advantage of the religious growth and piety in the Empire. The offer of the Nubians is accepted. With the increasing tensions in Europe because of the British Civil War, the military is mobilized. With the war breaking out in Europe, Rome joins the coalition and declares war on the Spanish Empire, invading Sicily and Italy and also sending troops to do battle in the Borealian Theatre.
 * Reme:  The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy. With the events taking place in the colony of Hamburg not going as planned, the Romans are forced to react and increase the military activity of the colonies. Major port cities are given forts and extra fortifications while more troops and ships are sent to the colonies. Reme itself is further protected by two forts bristling with cannon.
 * Egypt:  Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia:  The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia:  The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria:  The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1738, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. Queen Frances I, aged 37, and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Frances I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In industrial news, the effects of industrialization and urbanization begin to be felt in Swabia and Würzburg, where Stuttgart becomes the center of manufacturing and modern production. In parliamentary news, Frances promises the creation of a large Bavaro-Austrian parliament in return for Austrian help in expeditions to Negara Dipa after 1740. A commission of Austrians in Landshut agree to the deal. In other news, Ferdinand von Ingschaft becomes a prominent politician following his success in the Civil War. In demographic news, Frances I issues a 1735 census to be taken. The census is completed in 1736, and reveals that in all Bavarian realms, there are 16,000,000 people. In more depth, 8,500,000 live in Bavaria, 4,750,000 in Austria, 1,500,000 in Brandenburg, 1,000,000 in Pomerania, 75,000 in Bremen Port, and 175,000 in Lubeck. This is a near doubling in population since 1659, itself signalling postive population growth, and a population which maintains health into old age. In royal news, Frances I has another child, whom she names Joan (Johanna). The Queen's children are: Franz-Hector (born 1732), Joan (born 1735). The Queens's siblings are: former King Albert V (born 1694), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). The Deutsche Diet is created in 1736, and using her powers as Supreme Chancellor of the Curia Bavaria, places the seat of the Diet in Augsburg, where the historic Imperial Diet also sat. Many Bavarians and Austrians are fine with this placement, being far enough away from Bavarian influence which could corrupt the diet. This new Diet will occupy supremacy over both the Curias Bavaria and Austria, and in essence will act as an Upper House to both regional Curias. In royal news, the body of Franz-Heinrich is transported back to Landshut in order for a funeral to take place there. Frances I, with her two children, attend the solemn ceremony. Concerning the situation in Pomerania, Frances I proposes a solution to the issue of succession. Franz-Hector will indeed become Duke of Pomerania. When he becomes King, a personal union will occur. However, Frances notes, this personal union will only be temporary, for once Franz-Hector has a child, the ducal throne will pass to him or her, preferably him. In effect, the Queen concludes, the Duchy of Pomerania will become a landed title for the heir to the King, much like the Principality of Wales is a title, albeit unlanded, for the English crown prince. The Regency Council of Pomerania respond negatively to the proposal, but seeing as how they conceded the final decision to the Queen, ultimately relent. They announce the Ducal throne will pass to Franz-Hector in eight years, when he turns fourteen. In plague news, the plague seems to be holding steady in Berlin and Potsdam, and has not spread north or south, deeper into Bavaria nor into Hamburg. In other news, war continues to be waged upon Hispania, and especially Italy. Wanting to boost morale in both Austria and Bavaria, Ferdinand von Ingschaft dons armor and joins the fighting in Venezia and Lombardy. Initially, in the early months of 1738, Ingschaft does well, defeating the Spanish at every possible turn. As the city of Venice itself is preoccupied by a Croatian siege, Ingschaft takes his troops more southward into areas surrounding Ravenna. He wins several battles towards autumn before he is seemingly worn of energy and his luck runs out. In what causes Frances I to enter a sour mood, Ingschaft's forces are defeated by the Italians in several battles in Lombardy, and suffer further defeat and attrition in subsequent skirmishes. By year end, Ingschaft retreats to Ravenna as a large group of more successful Pomeranian and Bavarian troops push further past Lombardy and begin aiding the Romans in southern Italy. Ingschaft, humiliated, remains in Ravenna for the remainder of 1738, and is expected to be recalled by the Queen for his disappointing campaign. To make matters worse, he faces more disappointment in the German Diet, where several Austrian parliamentarians express deep displeasure in Ingschaft for his promise to Bavaria that any territories won in the war would be ceded to them, not Austria. Felix Manzkari, descendent of famous merchant Karl Manzkari, raises a large commotion in the German Diet in late Novemeber. In his rantings, he states that Tyrol, and any other lands that could be won in the war, are solidly Austrian lands, and only deserve to be in Austrian hands. Manzkari is joined by several disillusioned Austrians who see Ingschaft as a slave to Bavaria. In a later address, Manzkari declares his rejection of Ingschaft's promise to give Tyrol to the Bavarians, and instead states that Tyrol, as well as the Kingdom of Venezia, will be returned to Austria once a treaty is signed. Manzkari is immediately received badly by Bavarians, who were promised land by Ingschaft, but is seen as an aggressive, competent leader by Austrians. Ingschaft's military failures both lower his popularity and give strength to Manzkari. Frances I, observing the situation and gradually exiting her mourning period, offer Manzkari and several Austrian and Bavarian parliamentarians her own skills of mediation in solving this problem. The Queen decrees that a royal meeting will occur in Augsburg in January of 1739 in order to discuss the components of Tyrolian and Venetian cessions.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament or Bavarian Diet, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. War continues on Hispania.
 * Deutsche Diet: The Deutsche Diet, also known as the German Parliament or German Diet, is established by the decree of Queen Frances I in 1736, and is given a charter that year. The Deutsche Diet declare war on Hispania, thus, proclaim that all Bavarian realms, including Austria, also declare war on Hispania.  Felix Manzkari makes an impassioned speech in support of Austrian annexation of Tyrol and Venezia.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians. Ferdinand von Ingschaft, in an address to the Curia Austria, petitions Frances I to create a dual Bavaro-Austrian parliament. War continues on Hispania.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed. War continues on Hispania.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. War continues on Hispania.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria. War continues on Hispania.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Duke Albert III, aged 55, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Albert III's children are: Albert (born 1701, died 1735), Edmund (born 1703), Margareta (born 1707, died 1736), Joachim Maria (born 1710), and Joan (born 1711). Young Prince Albert dies this year. The new heir is Edmund. Tragically, Princess Margareta dies also, of what appears to be plague. Albert III, emotionally crippled by the death of two of his children, begins to take notice of a particularly acute visitation of bubonic plague in Berlin and other areas around the city. Albert's privy council advises him to find refuge in the country estates, along with his survivng children: Prince Edmund, Prince Joachim Maria, and Princess Joan. Albert does so in 1737, and all three children as well as the aging Duke himself arrive safely at a country estate, luckily dodging a plague visitation which is leaving bodies piling in Berlin. War continues on Hispania.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by the Regency Council continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. War continues on Hispania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa. In 1732, the investors of the RBSC put forth a combined total of 500,000 reichstalers in the construction of ships, training of private troops, and a military expedition into Negara Dipa next year. Conflict is expected to occur in coming decades.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz. War continues on Hispania. New Bavaria joins France and many other nations invading Mexico.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself. War continues on Hispania. Pearl River joins France and many other nations invading Mexico.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is officially opened. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The Grand Senate meets again and discusses the issue of the war in Spain extensively. After many days of discussion the decision is reached to maintain a stance of "Armed Neutrality" because of the whole "we share a Head of State with Croatia" thing, and the fact that he is only up for re-approval in 1742 and they hope to shelve the issue until then (when they can legally oust him from office). they do, however, in case of total defeat, approve of offering the Spanish royal family a place to stay in the Union of Konigsberg Nations. The New Veche of Pskov does more to put itself as the succesor to the Rus' state, especially by going into neighbouring Novgorod and trying to get cityfolk to move to Pskov. They are somewhat more successful with the Muscovite serfs, who can move around freely with their landlord's consent. This puts much issues with the leadership of Novgorod and Muscovy, who think Pskov is just looking for a fight. The Ruble is becoming more and more used and is becoming the unofficial currency of russia. The Idea of Currency reform, to reform it to a decimal system is put out, in order to simplify much trade(even though it is already simple enough with multiples of 20). Zlatobrezhie becomes more and more wealthy as more people get used to over 100 years of Pskovian governance. However, they become more ambitious and stuff and things. The PIC once again tries to establish a settlement in OTL Nambia, but unfortunately is met by a severe case of Native spears through the neck, so they leave and vow to return one day once more and reap the benefits of the gem mines people found there during the initial expeditions.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.

1739
'''Due to a series of naval blockades, many European overseas territories are stunted. (For now, no overseas territory can expand if the nation owning it has to pass through Strait of Gibraltar or the Canal, i.e. Scandinavia is unaffected, Rome is affected)'''

The Kanem Empire reorganizes itself into a stable nation.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. During the midst of the war against Spain and its domains, colonists in New Mecklenburg strike a gold vein (the otl area is home to large precious metal deposits), and while the war continues, no precious metals are shipped for the time being.


 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. Horiyōshi Yokohama III, late one night, decides to engage in intercourse with one of his courtwomen. However, getting overly exited and aroused, he suffers a heart attack from exhaustion. His son, Yamamota Yokohama IV, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Yamamoto Yokohama IV, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]. Meanwhile, Yamamoto Yokohama IV adopts a 12 year old Manchu boy, to show the people how much he cares about his empire. Vassalation of the Kiamikgut Band begins (Turn One of Ten)
 * Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded to the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade continues with SiChuan and the two nations are slowly and gradually brought closer. Meanwhile, Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III died and was succeeded by Yamamoto Yokohama IV. Japanese culture was gradually adopted by the people. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of 100 ships. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built and we adopt Japanese culture. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. As the economy begins to drop with fewer Chinese and Spanish merchants coming in Yamamoto Yokohama IV asks the Chinese Warlord states X and Y to defend China in the case of any non-local emerging power rises in the area. To spice up the deal, Japan-Manchuria offers 70 lbs of Silver to every state that joins, with economic bonuses coming long term. [NEUTRAL MOD RESPONSE].
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Damascan Sultanate: The Damascan Sultanate's Sultan is assassinated. Sultan Sulimen VIII takes power. He marries a princess from the Suri Empire. WAR IS DECLARED UPON SPAIN. He requests a Non-Agression Pact with the Roman Empire for 25 years. We re-inforce our relations with all members in the UIN especially the Urdustani Empire. We increase our military and unify our Georgian holdings as they have become more islamic over the past years. We propose an alliance with France, Croatia, and Ethiopia. We request trading rights with Nubia. We reaffirm our trading partners as: Dacia, Croatia, Rome, UIN members, Tartary, Ertriea, and the Dutch. Population rises to 30.2 million. The population of Damascus rises to 467,000. We move 200,000 units through Banu Saleym to Morocco being transported and walking along the Mediterranean coast under different nations. We gather 80,000 units from vassals to follow the main army and begin passing through Aegypt. 100,000 units are sent to the Suri Empire. 120,000 units are transported for two years to Urdustan by Urdustani ships.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover, with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.


 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.


 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.


 * Andean Monarchy: With the end of the War and the expansion of the Inca, the Peruvian Confederation, under the French, reforms into the Andean Monarchy. Tawantinsuyu remains the head nation in the Monarchy, and is the most populous at eight million people. It also houses the largest City:Cuzco, which has roughly 170,000 people. Military, economy and navy improve. Huascar II and his Lesser Kings oversee the creation of the Union of Hesperia and Borrelia, we ask that the other memebers of the Union vote.
 * Edge, the war is still ongoing, I'm not sure you're the Andean Monarchy yet. Cheers, <font color="1C4081">Sky <font color="D61517">Green <font color="DFB73D">24 <font color="DC143C">( <font color="0B4EA2">P <font color="EE1C25">, <font color="FFCC00">Q <font color="DC2624">) 13:21, January 6, 2015 (UTC)


 * Empire du Chimor: Under the Andean Monarchy and French Rule, the nation of Chimor continues to grow. Population stands at roughly three million and continues to grow. French migration into the region increases as the nation is absorbed into the French sphere. Military, economy and navy improve.
 * Empire du Chiribaya: Under the Andean Monarchy and French Rule, the nation of Chimor continues to grow. Population stands at roughly three million and continues to grow. French migration into the region increases as the nation is absorbed into the French sphere. Military, economy and navy improve.
 * Empire du Collaquyimbya: Under the Andean Monarchy and French Rule, the nation of Chimor continues to grow. Population stands at roughly 300,000 and continues to grow. French migration into the region increases as the nation is absorbed into the French sphere. Military, economy and navy improve.
 * Viceroyalty of Chile: Formerly a part of New Spain, the new nation is brought into the Andean Monarchy. With a population just under one million, the nation sees a new economic system under the Inca that greatly benefits the economy. Military, economy and navy improve. Spanish still makes up a majority in the region.
 * Domain of Tiwanaku: Formally a part of New Spain, the new nation is brought into the Andean Monarchy. With a population just under 100,000, the nation sees a new economic system under the Inca that greatly benefits the economy. Military, economy and navy improve. Spanish still makes up a majority in the region, though French and Inca cultures also grow.


 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built. Now that Nubia is unified, we continue to centralize the nation.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * County of Oldenburg: And in the third year, the Oldenburger military continued making war unto the nation of Hispania, and achieved great successes in the field. And the people of Oldenburg rejoiced, for they knew that the power of the righteous would overpower the power of their enemies. Thus the High Regency Councillors rejoiced, and held great feasts in their honour. And the painters and all the artists rejoiced, and made great works to honour the soldiers. In those days there lived in the town of Bockhorn an artist named Johann. And Johann, too, made great works in honour of the soldiers of Oldenburg. But his works were unlike the rest. And the people of Bockhorn said "Behold, this man proclaimeth a New Artistic Style." Three Master Artists from the great city of Oldenburg heard speak of this man and journeyed North to the town of Bockhorn. And when they arrived, they asked the people, "Where is this artist, who proclaimeth a New Style?" And when they found the abode of Johann, they asked him how he dare proclaim against the old and venerable Artistic Style of Unfertigkeit. And Johann answered, "Thy ancient Style is not worthy of the feats of the heroic Soldiers of Oldenburg. Thus I proclaim My new and everlasting Style: Uberfulltigkeit." And the Masters looked upon his works, and truly they did dispair. For his paintings were completed, and filled to overflowing with figures of all manner of description. And having paid their homage to the new master, they returned to their city to proclaim his new style, and to overturn the prevailing style whose name is Unfertigkeit. In other news, Neu Norderney expands 2000px North up the coast.
 * Demak Sultanate: Sultan Adi leads the people in centralizing and becoming more Sunni Muslim. We reaffirm our alliances with the United Islamic Nations promising full support in return of full support. We continue trading heavily with the Suri Empire and Urdustan. The land given to the Suri Empire is openly bordered now, allowing people to move in and out of the border lines freely. We spread Islam throughout the Indonesian islands. Our military and navy is expanded as we receive economic support from Suri Empire. We annexed the territory of Bima as it is unorganized territory. We begin vassalizing Bone (Turn Two of Four). Our population increases. We reaffirm our alliance with the Dutch. We reaffirm their claims to Brunei and Pagabar. Trade is emphasized within the realm, as well as maintaining our massive navy.
 * In the newly declared Kingdom of Navarre, King Erramun seizes the initiative by moving his separatist forces against the loyalist fortress at Burgos. At a field outside the city, the Battle of Burgos results in a successful Navarrese campaign, With resistance apparently crushed, Erramun returns to Pamplona and begins diplomatic outreach. Peace is shattered once more. however, when in a last ditch effort the Hispanic army arrives at the western border of the Kingdom and camps there for the winter.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is officially opened. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The Grand Senate meets again and discusses the issue of the war in Spain extensively. After many days of discussion the decision is reached to maintain a stance of "Armed Neutrality" because of the whole "we share a Head of State with Croatia" thing, and the fact that he is only up for re-approval in 1742 and they hope to shelve the issue until then (when they can legally oust him from office). they do, however, in case of total defeat, approve of offering the Spanish royal family a place to stay in the Union of Konigsberg Nations. The New Veche of Pskov does more to put itself as the succesor to the Rus' state, especially by going into neighbouring Novgorod and trying to get cityfolk to move to Pskov. They are somewhat more successful with the Muscovite serfs, who can move around freely with their landlord's consent. This puts much issues with the leadership of Novgorod and Muscovy, who think Pskov is just looking for a fight. The Ruble is becoming more and more used and is becoming the unofficial currency of russia. The Idea of Currency reform, to reform it to a decimal system is put out, in order to simplify much trade(even though it is already simple enough with multiples of 20). Zlatobrezhie becomes more and more wealthy as more people get used to over 100 years of Pskovian governance. However, they become more ambitious and stuff and things. The PIC once again tries to establish a settlement in OTL Nambia, but unfortunately is met by a severe case of Native spears through the neck, so they leave and vow to return one day once more and reap the benefits of the gem mines people found there during the initial expeditions.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * Latvia works on its Economy and improving the GDP
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. small contigent of ten ships are sent at the nehilaw with and army of 10,000 soldiers to defend the area. War is declared upon Spain after several years of deterioration of the once great alliance of the two country, the king seeks to further its influence in Europe by attempting what many of his own military advisors consider suicide, The king prepares a good portion of the Fleet from Europe to attempt landing in Spain's east coast area. While this, the local troops from Colombia move to defend the southern and northwestern border as well as the local colombian fleet to defend Nouvelle Sardinie from the Spanish fleet ships and pirates, The rest of the colonial troops moves into Spanish territory in OTL Mexico from Cahokia and Chateau d'or (Costa Rica :v) war continues for the time being
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The kingdom after defeating the forces of the rebels follow suit and declare war on Spain as France did.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Declares war on Spain as France did.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. The Empire continues to prosper, as trade begins to further expand and grow in eastern Asia as well as the Americas. This trade brings in considerable revenue for the Empire, allowing it to keep its military and government well funded. Religion in the Empire is another factor, and with both Alexandria and Constantinople under control as well as the tombs of four of the Apostles, income from donations and other religious aspects also helps. The influence of the patriarchs of Constantinople and Alexandria also begin to rise, taking advantage of the religious growth and piety in the Empire. The offer of the Nubians is accepted. With the increasing tensions in Europe because of the British Civil War, the military is mobilized. With the war breaking out in Europe, Rome joins the coalition and declares war on the Spanish Empire, invading Sicily and Italy and also sending troops to do battle in the Borealian Theatre.
 * Reme:  The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy. With the events taking place in the colony of Hamburg not going as planned, the Romans are forced to react and increase the military activity of the colonies. Major port cities are given forts and extra fortifications while more troops and ships are sent to the colonies. Reme itself is further protected by two forts bristling with cannon.
 * Egypt:  Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia:  The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia:  The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria:  The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * The Nehilaw begin to rebuild from the civil war. Most damage was focused in coastal areas, and much of the destroyed infrastructure is replaced with more modern versions. The navy continues to expand to prevent another landing, with many ships constructed both on Gichigami and on the Adelheid Sea. The army, made up largely of peasant rebels, re-arms and modernizes, with infantry being replaced by cavalry. The government begins working toward achieving a longtime foreign policy goal, free passage along the Cahokie River, by improving relations with nearby nations along the river. All vassals improve military and economy.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1739, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. Queen Frances I, aged 38, and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franconia, Saxony, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Frances I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In industrial news, the effects of industrialization and urbanization begin to be felt in Swabia and Würzburg, where Stuttgart becomes the center of manufacturing and modern production. In parliamentary news, Frances promises the creation of a large Bavaro-Austrian parliament in return for Austrian help in expeditions to Negara Dipa after 1740. A commission of Austrians in Landshut agree to the deal. In other news, Ferdinand von Ingschaft becomes a prominent politician following his success in the Civil War. In demographic news, Frances I issues a 1735 census to be taken. The census is completed in 1736, and reveals that in all Bavarian realms, there are 16,000,000 people. In more depth, 8,500,000 live in Bavaria, 4,750,000 in Austria, 1,500,000 in Brandenburg, 1,000,000 in Pomerania, 75,000 in Bremen Port, and 175,000 in Lubeck. This is a near doubling in population since 1659, itself signalling postive population growth, and a population which maintains health into old age. In royal news, Frances I has another child, whom she names Joan (Johanna). The Queen's children are: Franz-Hector (born 1732), Joan (born 1735). The Queens's siblings are: former King Albert V (born 1694), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). The Deutsche Diet is created in 1736, and using her powers as Supreme Chancellor of the Curia Bavaria, places the seat of the Diet in Augsburg, where the historic Imperial Diet also sat. Many Bavarians and Austrians are fine with this placement, being far enough away from Bavarian influence which could corrupt the diet. This new Diet will occupy supremacy over both the Curias Bavaria and Austria, and in essence will act as an Upper House to both regional Curias. In royal news, the body of Franz-Heinrich is transported back to Landshut in order for a funeral to take place there. Frances I, with her two children, attend the solemn ceremony. Concerning the situation in Pomerania, Frances I proposes a solution to the issue of succession. Franz-Hector will indeed become Duke of Pomerania. When he becomes King, a personal union will occur. However, Frances notes, this personal union will only be temporary, for once Franz-Hector has a child, the ducal throne will pass to him or her, preferably him. In effect, the Queen concludes, the Duchy of Pomerania will become a landed title for the heir to the King, much like the Principality of Wales is a title, albeit unlanded, for the English crown prince. The Regency Council of Pomerania respond negatively to the proposal, but seeing as how they conceded the final decision to the Queen, ultimately relent. They announce the Ducal throne will pass to Franz-Hector in seven years, when he turns fourteen. In plague news, the plague seems to be holding steady in Berlin and Potsdam, and has not spread north or south, deeper into Bavaria nor into Hamburg. In January of 1739, Ferdidnand von Ingschaft arrives in Augsburg as Frances I begins her meeting with the Austrian parliamentarians of the Deutsche Diet. Karl Manzkari, who advocates the Austrian annexation of Tyrol and Venezia, is also present. The meetings begins highly chaotic, with several claims laid out at once by both Austrian and Bavarian parliamentarians. This state continues for the first two days of the meeting, but when Frances I and her privy council, along with Ingschaft, attend the meeting during the third day, peace is restored. Manzkari, as expected, arises as the most prominent voice for his side of the argument. He advocates immediate annexation of traditional Austrian lands, including Salzburg, as well as Venezia. Conversely, Queen Frances I argues that due to post-war instability and vitriol in Tyrol and Venezia, immediate annexation would do harm to Bavaria. She harkens back to the Spanish-Austrian war in the seventh century, where facing a Bavarian annexation, Bohemia successfully revolted from Bavarian rule, embarassing the King and creating an image of Bavarian incompetence. The Queen proposes that Venezia and Tyrol remain a separate Kingdom under the Bavarian Crown for at least forty to fifty years after the war end. On the topic of Salzburg, Frances promises a more lenient proposal, vowing to grant Austria the archbishopric as soon as the war ends. Karl Manzkari agrees to her proposals, albeit in a very sour way, as his primary concern, Tyrolian annexation, was not met. The meeting ends after a week of more discussion. By mid-January, the Queen returns to Trausnitz, where she is joined by a still humiliated Ingschaft. In war news, several battles are continually won and conversely lost in Lombardy. Bavarian troops aiding the Romans and Croatians in the rest of Italy see success as well.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament or Bavarian Diet, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. War continues on Hispania.
 * Deutsche Diet: The Deutsche Diet, also known as the German Parliament or German Diet, is established by the decree of Queen Frances I in 1736, and is given a charter that year. The Deutsche Diet declare war on Hispania, thus, proclaim that all Bavarian realms, including Austria, also declare war on Hispania.  Felix Manzkari makes an impassioned speech in support of Austrian annexation of Tyrol and Venezia.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses. Frances of Bavaria continues to give support to Austrian parliamentarians. Ferdinand von Ingschaft, in an address to the Curia Austria, petitions Frances I to create a dual Bavaro-Austrian parliament. War continues on Hispania.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed. War continues on Hispania.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. War continues on Hispania.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the Queen continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King. In 1730, Frances is declared Queen of Austria. War continues on Hispania.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Duke Albert III, aged 56, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Albert III's children are: Albert (born 1701, died 1735), Edmund (born 1703), Margareta (born 1707, died 1736), Joachim Maria (born 1710), and Joan (born 1711). Young Prince Albert dies this year. The new heir is Edmund. Tragically, Princess Margareta dies also, of what appears to be plague. Albert III, emotionally crippled by the death of two of his children, begins to take notice of a particularly acute visitation of bubonic plague in Berlin and other areas around the city. Albert's privy council advises him to find refuge in the country estates, along with his survivng children: Prince Edmund, Prince Joachim Maria, and Princess Joan. Albert does so in 1737, and all three children as well as the aging Duke himself arrive safely at a country estate, luckily dodging a plague visitation which is leaving bodies piling in Berlin. War continues on Hispania. In 1739, Duke Albert III perishes in his sleep. He is succeeded by his son, who now rules as Duke Edmund I.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by the Regency Council continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. War continues on Hispania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. In exploratory news, while much of Bavaria is immersed in Civil War, the RBSC decides to fund expeditions into Indonesia, particularly around Borneo and the tribelands of Negara Dipa. In 1732, the investors of the RBSC put forth a combined total of 500,000 reichstalers in the construction of ships, training of private troops, and a military expedition into Negara Dipa next year. Conflict is expected to occur in coming decades.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz. War continues on Hispania. New Bavaria joins France and many other nations invading Mexico.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself. War continues on Hispania. Pearl River joins France and many other nations invading Mexico.